Updates to the manual for hyperlinked commands

Also various formatting improvements.

Signed-off-by: Steve Bennett <steveb@workware.net.au>

1 files changed, 1048 insertions, 1035 deletions

diff --git a/Tcl_shipped.html b/Tcl_shipped.html
index 4fa5939..0ee7339 100644
--- a/Tcl_shipped.html
+++ b/Tcl_shipped.html
@@ -809,27 +809,27 @@ Integers are 64bit
 </li>

 <li>

 <p>

-Support for references (<em>ref</em>/<em>getref</em>/<em>setref</em>) and garbage collection

+Support for references (<a href="#_ref"><strong><tt>ref</tt></strong></a>/<a href="#_getref"><strong><tt>getref</tt></strong></a>/<a href="#_setref"><strong><tt>setref</tt></strong></a>) and garbage collection

 </p>

 </li>

 <li>

 <p>

-Builtin dictionary type (<em>dict</em>) with some limitations compared to Tcl 8.6

+Builtin dictionary type (<a href="#_dict"><strong><tt>dict</tt></strong></a>) with some limitations compared to Tcl 8.6

 </p>

 </li>

 <li>

 <p>

-<em>env</em> command to access environment variables

+<a href="#_env"><strong><tt>env</tt></strong></a> command to access environment variables

 </p>

 </li>

 <li>

 <p>

-<em>os.fork</em>, <em>os.wait</em>, <em>os.uptime</em>, <em>rand</em>

+<a href="#cmd_1"><strong><tt>os.fork</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#cmd_1"><strong><tt>os.wait</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#cmd_1"><strong><tt>os.uptime</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#_rand"><strong><tt>rand</tt></strong></a>

 </p>

 </li>

 <li>

 <p>

-Much better error reporting. <em>info stacktrace</em> as a replacement for <em>errorInfo</em>, <em>errorCode</em>

+Much better error reporting. <a href="#_info"><strong><tt>info</tt></strong></a> <tt>stacktrace</tt> as a replacement for <em>$errorInfo</em>, <em>$errorCode</em>

 </p>

 </li>

 <li>

@@ -849,7 +849,7 @@ Variable traces are not supported
 </li>

 <li>

 <p>

-Direct command line editing rather than the <em>history</em> command

+Direct command line editing rather than the <tt>history</tt> command

 </p>

 </li>

 <li>

@@ -873,17 +873,17 @@ procs now allow <em>args</em> and optional parameters in any position
 </li>

 <li>

 <p>

-Add Tcl-compatible expr functions, <em>rand()</em> and <em>srand()</em>

+Add Tcl-compatible expr functions, <tt>rand()</tt> and <tt>srand()</tt>

 </p>

 </li>

 <li>

 <p>

-Add support for the <em>-force</em> option to <em>file delete</em>

+Add support for the <em>-force</em> option to <a href="#_file"><strong><tt>file</tt></strong></a> <tt>delete</tt>

 </p>

 </li>

 <li>

 <p>

-Better diagnostics when <em>source</em> fails to load a script with a missing quote or bracket

+Better diagnostics when <a href="#_source"><strong><tt>source</tt></strong></a> fails to load a script with a missing quote or bracket

 </p>

 </li>

 <li>

@@ -893,7 +893,7 @@ New <tt>tcl_platform(pathSeparator)</tt>
 </li>

 <li>

 <p>

-Add support settings the modification time with <em>file mtime</em>

+Add support settings the modification time with <a href="#_file"><strong><tt>file</tt></strong></a> <tt>mtime</tt>

 </p>

 </li>

 </ol></div>

@@ -928,32 +928,32 @@ Additional variables in <tt>tcl_platform()</tt>
 </li>

 <li>

 <p>

-<em>local</em> procs now push existing commands and <em>upcall</em> can call them

+<a href="#_local"><strong><tt>local</tt></strong></a> procs now push existing commands and <a href="#_upcall"><strong><tt>upcall</tt></strong></a> can call them

 </p>

 </li>

 <li>

 <p>

-Add <em>loop</em> command (TclX compatible)

+Add <a href="#_loop"><strong><tt>loop</tt></strong></a> command (TclX compatible)

 </p>

 </li>

 <li>

 <p>

-Add <em>aio</em> <em>buffering</em> command

+Add <a href="#_aio"><strong><tt>aio</tt></strong></a> <tt>buffering</tt> command

 </p>

 </li>

 <li>

 <p>

-<em>info complete</em> can now return the missing character

+<a href="#_info"><strong><tt>info</tt></strong></a> <tt>complete</tt> can now return the missing character

 </p>

 </li>

 <li>

 <p>

-<em>binary format</em> and <em>binary scan</em> are now (optionally) supported

+<tt>binary format</tt> and <tt>binary scan</tt> are now (optionally) supported

 </p>

 </li>

 <li>

 <p>

-Add <em>string byterange</em>

+Add <a href="#_string"><strong><tt>string</tt></strong></a> <tt>byterange</tt>

 </p>

 </li>

 <li>

@@ -973,22 +973,22 @@ Built-in regexp now support non-greedy repetition (*?, +?, ??)
 </li>

 <li>

 <p>

-Add aio <em>$handle filename</em>

+Add aio <tt>$handle filename</tt>

 </p>

 </li>

 <li>

 <p>

-Add <em>info channels</em>

+Add <a href="#_info"><strong><tt>info</tt></strong></a> <tt>channels</tt>

 </p>

 </li>

 <li>

 <p>

-The <em>bio</em> extension is gone. Now <em>aio</em> supports <em>copyto</em>.

+The <em>bio</em> extension is gone. Now <a href="#_aio"><strong><tt>aio</tt></strong></a> supports <em>copyto</em>.

 </p>

 </li>

 <li>

 <p>

-Add <em>exists</em> command

+Add <a href="#_exists"><strong><tt>exists</tt></strong></a> command

 </p>

 </li>

 <li>

@@ -998,7 +998,7 @@ Add the pure-Tcl <em>oo</em> extension
 </li>

 <li>

 <p>

-The <em>exec</em> command now only uses vfork(), not fork()

+The <a href="#_exec"><strong><tt>exec</tt></strong></a> command now only uses vfork(), not fork()

 </p>

 </li>

 <li>

@@ -1177,25 +1177,25 @@ that command.  For example, the command:</p></div>
 <div class="content">

 <pre><tt>set a 22</tt></pre>

 </div></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>has three fields:  the first, <em>set</em>, is the name of a Tcl command, and

+<div class="paragraph"><p>has three fields:  the first, <a href="#_set"><strong><tt>set</tt></strong></a>, is the name of a Tcl command, and

 the last two, <em>a</em> and <em>22</em>, will be passed as arguments to

-the <em>set</em> command.  The command name may refer either to a built-in

+the <a href="#_set"><strong><tt>set</tt></strong></a> command.  The command name may refer either to a built-in

 Tcl command, an application-specific command bound in with the library

 procedure <em>Jim_CreateCommand</em>, or a command procedure defined with the

-<em>proc</em> built-in command.</p></div>

+<a href="#_proc"><strong><tt>proc</tt></strong></a> built-in command.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>Arguments are passed literally as text strings.  Individual commands may

-interpret those strings in any fashion they wish.  The <em>set</em> command,

+interpret those strings in any fashion they wish.  The <a href="#_set"><strong><tt>set</tt></strong></a> command,

 for example, will treat its first argument as the name of a variable

 and its second argument as a string value to assign to that variable.

 For other commands arguments may be interpreted as integers, lists,

 file names, or Tcl commands.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>Command names should normally be typed completely (e.g. no abbreviations).

 However, if the Tcl interpreter cannot locate a command it invokes a

-special command named <em>unknown</em> which attempts to find or create the

+special command named <a href="#_unknown"><strong><tt>unknown</tt></strong></a> which attempts to find or create the

 command.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>For example, at many sites <em>unknown</em> will search through library

+<div class="paragraph"><p>For example, at many sites <a href="#_unknown"><strong><tt>unknown</tt></strong></a> will search through library

 directories for the desired command and create it as a Tcl procedure if

-it is found.  The <em>unknown</em> command often provides automatic completion

+it is found.  The <a href="#_unknown"><strong><tt>unknown</tt></strong></a> command often provides automatic completion

 of abbreviated commands, but usually only for commands that were typed

 interactively.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>It&#8217;s probably a bad idea to use abbreviations in command scripts and

@@ -1230,7 +1230,7 @@ For example, the command</p></div>
 <div class="content">

 <pre><tt>set a "This is a single argument"</tt></pre>

 </div></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>will pass two arguments to <em>set</em>:  <em>a</em> and <em>This is a single argument</em>.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>will pass two arguments to <a href="#_set"><strong><tt>set</tt></strong></a>:  <em>a</em> and <em>This is a single argument</em>.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>Within double-quotes, command substitutions, variable substitutions,

 and backslash substitutions still occur, as described below.  If the

 first character of a command field is not a quote, then quotes receive

@@ -1254,13 +1254,13 @@ without any further modification.  For example, in the command</p></div>
 <div class="content">

 <pre><tt>set a {xyz a {b c d}}</tt></pre>

 </div></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>the <em>set</em> command will receive two arguments: <em>a</em>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>the <a href="#_set"><strong><tt>set</tt></strong></a> command will receive two arguments: <em>a</em>

 and <em>xyz a {b c d}</em>.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>When braces or quotes are in effect, the matching brace or quote need

 not be on the same line as the starting quote or brace; in this case

 the newline will be included in the argument field along with any other

-characters up to the matching brace or quote.  For example, the <em>eval</em>

-command takes one argument, which is a command string; <em>eval</em> invokes

+characters up to the matching brace or quote.  For example, the <a href="#_eval"><strong><tt>eval</tt></strong></a>

+command takes one argument, which is a command string; <a href="#_eval"><strong><tt>eval</tt></strong></a> invokes

 the Tcl interpreter to execute the command string.  The command</p></div>

 <div class="literalblock">

 <div class="content">

@@ -1288,8 +1288,8 @@ for the bracketed text.  For example, consider the command</p></div>
 <div class="content">

 <pre><tt>set a [set b]</tt></pre>

 </div></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>When the <em>set</em> command has only a single argument, it is the name of a

-variable and <em>set</em> returns the contents of that variable.  In this case,

+<div class="paragraph"><p>When the <a href="#_set"><strong><tt>set</tt></strong></a> command has only a single argument, it is the name of a

+variable and <a href="#_set"><strong><tt>set</tt></strong></a> returns the contents of that variable.  In this case,

 if variable <em>b</em> has the value <em>foo</em>, then the command above is equivalent

 to the command</p></div>

 <div class="literalblock">

@@ -1329,10 +1329,10 @@ the argument verbatim.</p></div>
 <div class="sect1">

 <h2 id="_variable_substitution_with">VARIABLE SUBSTITUTION WITH $</h2>

 <div class="sectionbody">

-<div class="paragraph"><p>The dollar sign (<em>$</em>) may be used as a special shorthand form for

-substituting variable values.  If <em>$</em> appears in an argument that isn&#8217;t

+<div class="paragraph"><p>The dollar sign (<tt>$</tt>) may be used as a special shorthand form for

+substituting variable values.  If <tt>$</tt> appears in an argument that isn&#8217;t

 enclosed in braces then variable substitution will occur.  The characters

-after the <em>$</em>, up to the first character that isn&#8217;t a number, letter,

+after the <tt>$</tt>, up to the first character that isn&#8217;t a number, letter,

 or underscore, are taken as a variable name and the string value of that

 variable is substituted for the name.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>For example, if variable <em>foo</em> has the value <em>test</em>, then the command</p></div>

@@ -1393,8 +1393,8 @@ is assumed to refer to a scalar variable.  For example, if variable
 <div class="paragraph"><p>Variable substitution does not occur in arguments that are enclosed in

 braces:  the dollar sign and variable name are passed through to the

 argument verbatim.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>The dollar sign abbreviation is simply a shorthand form.  <em>$a</em> is

-completely equivalent to <em>[set a]</em>; it is provided as a convenience

+<div class="paragraph"><p>The dollar sign abbreviation is simply a shorthand form.  <tt>$a</tt> is

+completely equivalent to <tt>[set a]</tt>; it is provided as a convenience

 to reduce typing.</p></div>

 </div>

 </div>

@@ -1402,7 +1402,7 @@ to reduce typing.</p></div>
 <h2 id="_separating_commands_with_semi_colons">SEPARATING COMMANDS WITH SEMI-COLONS</h2>

 <div class="sectionbody">

 <div class="paragraph"><p>Normally, each command occupies one line (the command is terminated by a

-newline character).  However, semi-colon (<em>;</em>) is treated as a command

+newline character).  However, semi-colon (<tt>;</tt>) is treated as a command

 separator character; multiple commands may be placed on one line by

 separating them with a semi-colon.  Semi-colons are not treated as

 command separators if they appear within curly braces or double-quotes.</p></div>

@@ -1549,20 +1549,20 @@ sequence is replaced by the given character:</p></div>
 </p>

 </dd>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

-<tt>\*ddd*</tt>

+<tt>\'ddd'</tt>

 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    The digits <strong>ddd</strong> (one, two, or three of them) give the octal value of

+    The digits <tt><em>ddd</em></tt> (one, two, or three of them) give the octal value of

     the character.  Note that Jim supports null characters in strings.

 </p>

 </dd>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

-<tt>\*unnnn*</tt>

+<tt>\'unnnn'</tt>

 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    The hex digits <strong>nnnn</strong> (between one and four of them) give a unicode codepoint.

+    The hex digits <tt><em>nnnn</em></tt> (between one and four of them) give a unicode codepoint.

     The UTF-8 encoding of the codepoint is inserted.

 </p>

 </dd>

@@ -1572,7 +1572,7 @@ sequence is replaced by the given character:</p></div>
 <div class="content">

 <pre><tt>set a \{x\[\ yz\141</tt></pre>

 </div></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>the second argument to <em>set</em> will be <em>{x[ yza</em>.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>the second argument to <a href="#_set"><strong><tt>set</tt></strong></a> will be <tt>{x[ yza</tt>.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>If a backslash is followed by something other than one of the options

 described above, then the backslash is transmitted to the argument

 field without any special processing, and the Tcl scanner continues

@@ -1582,8 +1582,8 @@ command</p></div>
 <div class="content">

 <pre><tt>set \*a \\\{foo</tt></pre>

 </div></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>The first argument to <em>set</em> will be <em>\*a</em> and the second

-argument will be <em>\{foo</em>.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>The first argument to <a href="#_set"><strong><tt>set</tt></strong></a> will be <tt>\*a</tt> and the second

+argument will be <tt>\{foo</tt>.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>If an argument is enclosed in braces, then backslash sequences inside

 the argument are parsed but no substitution occurs (except for

 backslash-newline):  the backslash

@@ -1597,11 +1597,11 @@ command</p></div>
 <div class="content">

 <pre><tt>set a {\{abc}</tt></pre>

 </div></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>the second argument to <em>set</em> will be <em>\{abc</em>.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>the second argument to <a href="#_set"><strong><tt>set</tt></strong></a> will be <tt>\{abc</tt>.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>This backslash mechanism is not sufficient to generate absolutely

 any argument structure; it only covers the

 most common cases.  To produce particularly complicated arguments

-it is probably easiest to use the <em>format</em> command along with

+it is probably easiest to use the <a href="#_format"><strong><tt>format</tt></strong></a> command along with

 command substitution.</p></div>

 </div>

 </div>

@@ -1723,8 +1723,8 @@ If the first non-blank character of a command is a <tt>#</tt>, everything
 <h2 id="_expressions">EXPRESSIONS</h2>

 <div class="sectionbody">

 <div class="paragraph"><p>The second major interpretation applied to strings in Tcl is

-as expressions.  Several commands, such as <em>expr</em>, <em>for</em>,

-and <em>if</em>, treat one or more of their arguments as expressions

+as expressions.  Several commands, such as <a href="#_expr"><strong><tt>expr</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#_for"><strong><tt>for</tt></strong></a>,

+and <a href="#_if"><strong><tt>if</tt></strong></a>, treat one or more of their arguments as expressions

 and call the Tcl expression processors (<em>Jim_ExprLong</em>,

 <em>Jim_ExprBoolean</em>, etc.) to evaluate them.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>The operators permitted in Tcl expressions are a subset of

@@ -1875,7 +1875,7 @@ of precedence:</p></div>
 </p>

 </dd>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

-<tt>+ -</tt>

+<tt>\</tt> -+

 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

@@ -1928,7 +1928,7 @@ of precedence:</p></div>
 <p>

     String in list and not in list. For <em>in</em>, result is 1 if the left operand (as a string)

     is contained in the right operand (as a list), or 0 otherwise. The result for

-    <em>{$a ni $list}</em> is equivalent to <em>{!($a in $list)}</em>.

+    <tt>{$a ni $list}</tt> is equivalent to <tt>{!($a in $list)}</tt>.

 </p>

 </dd>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

@@ -1978,10 +1978,10 @@ of precedence:</p></div>
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    If-then-else, as in C.  If <strong>x</strong>

-    evaluates to non-zero, then the result is the value of <strong>y</strong>.

-    Otherwise the result is the value of <strong>z</strong>.

-    The <strong>x</strong> operand must have a numeric value, while <strong>y</strong> and <strong>z</strong> can

+    If-then-else, as in C.  If <tt><em>x</em></tt>

+    evaluates to non-zero, then the result is the value of <tt><em>y</em></tt>.

+    Otherwise the result is the value of <tt><em>z</em></tt>.

+    The <tt><em>x</em></tt> operand must have a numeric value, while <tt><em>y</em></tt> and <tt><em>z</em></tt> can

     be of any type.

 </p>

 </dd>

@@ -1995,16 +1995,15 @@ precedence level.  For example, the expression</p></div>
 <pre><tt>4*2 &lt; 7</tt></pre>

 </div></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>evaluates to 0.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>&amp;&amp;</em>, <em>||</em>, and <em>?:</em> operators have <em>lazy

-evaluation</em>, just as in C,

-which means that operands are not evaluated if they are

-not needed to determine the outcome.  For example, in</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <tt>&amp;&amp;</tt>, <tt>||</tt>, and <tt>?:</tt> operators have <em>lazy evaluation</em>, just as

+in C, which means that operands are not evaluated if they are not

+needed to determine the outcome.  For example, in</p></div>

 <div class="literalblock">

 <div class="content">

 <pre><tt>$v ? [a] : [b]</tt></pre>

 </div></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>only one of <em>[a]</em> or <em>[b]</em> will actually be evaluated,

-depending on the value of <em>$v</em>.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>only one of <tt>[a]</tt> or <tt>[b]</tt> will actually be evaluated,

+depending on the value of <tt>$v</tt>.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>All internal computations involving integers are done with the C

 type <em>long long</em> if available, or <em>long</em> otherwise, and all internal

 computations involving floating-point are done with the C type

@@ -2056,8 +2055,8 @@ among several arguments.  For example, the command</p></div>
 <div class="content">

 <pre><tt>expr $a + $b</tt></pre>

 </div></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>results in three arguments being passed to <em>expr</em>:  <em>$a</em>,

-<em>+</em>, and <em>$b</em>.  In addition, if the expression isn&#8217;t in braces

+<div class="paragraph"><p>results in three arguments being passed to <a href="#_expr"><strong><tt>expr</tt></strong></a>:  <tt>$a</tt>,

+<tt>\</tt>+, and <tt>$b</tt>.  In addition, if the expression isn&#8217;t in braces

 then the Tcl interpreter will perform variable and command substitution

 immediately (it will happen in the command parser rather than in

 the expression parser).  In many cases the expression is being

@@ -2069,21 +2068,21 @@ evaluated, rather than once and for all at the beginning.  For example,
 the command</p></div>

 <div class="literalblock">

 <div class="content">

-<pre><tt>for {set i 1} $i&lt;=10 {incr i} {...}        *** WRONG ***</tt></pre>

+<pre><tt>for {set i 1} $i&lt;=10 {incr i} {...}        +** WRONG **+</tt></pre>

 </div></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>is probably intended to iterate over all values of <tt>i</tt> from 1 to 10.

-After each iteration of the body of the loop, <em>for</em> will pass

+After each iteration of the body of the loop, <a href="#_for"><strong><tt>for</tt></strong></a> will pass

 its second argument to the expression evaluator to see whether or not

 to continue processing.  Unfortunately, in this case the value of <tt>i</tt>

 in the second argument will be substituted once and for all when the

-<em>for</em> command is parsed.  If <tt>i</tt> was 0 before the <em>for</em>

-command was invoked then for&#8217;s second argument will be <tt>0&lt;=10</tt>

+<a href="#_for"><strong><tt>for</tt></strong></a> command is parsed.  If <tt>i</tt> was 0 before the <a href="#_for"><strong><tt>for</tt></strong></a>

+command was invoked then the second argument of <a href="#_for"><strong><tt>for</tt></strong></a> will be <tt>0&lt;=10</tt>

 which will always evaluate to 1, even though <tt>i</tt> eventually

 becomes greater than 10.  In the above case the loop will never

 terminate.  Instead, the expression should be placed in braces:</p></div>

 <div class="literalblock">

 <div class="content">

-<pre><tt>for {set i 1} {$i&lt;=10} {incr i} {...}      *** RIGHT ***</tt></pre>

+<pre><tt>for {set i 1} {$i&lt;=10} {incr i} {...}      +** RIGHT **+</tt></pre>

 </div></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>This causes the substitution of <em>i</em>

 to be delayed; it will be re-done each time the expression is

@@ -2125,11 +2124,11 @@ the outermost layer of braces).  Command substitution and
 variable substitution are never

 made on a list (at least, not by the list-processing commands; the

 list can always be passed to the Tcl interpreter for evaluation).</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>The Tcl commands <em>concat</em>, <em>foreach</em>, <em>lappend</em>, <em>lindex</em>, <em>linsert</em>,

-<em>list</em>, <em>llength</em>, <em>lrange</em>, <em>lreplace</em>, <em>lsearch</em>, and <em>lsort</em> allow

+<div class="paragraph"><p>The Tcl commands <a href="#_concat"><strong><tt>concat</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#_foreach"><strong><tt>foreach</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#_lappend"><strong><tt>lappend</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#_lindex"><strong><tt>lindex</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#_linsert"><strong><tt>linsert</tt></strong></a>,

+<a href="#_list"><strong><tt>list</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#_llength"><strong><tt>llength</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#_lrange"><strong><tt>lrange</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#_lreplace"><strong><tt>lreplace</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#_lsearch"><strong><tt>lsearch</tt></strong></a>, and <a href="#_lsort"><strong><tt>lsort</tt></strong></a> allow

 you to build lists, extract elements from them, search them, and perform

 other list-related functions.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>Advanced list commands include <em>lrepeat</em>, <em>lreverse</em>, <em>lmap</em>, <em>lassign</em>, <em>lset</em>.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>Advanced list commands include <a href="#_lrepeat"><strong><tt>lrepeat</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#_lreverse"><strong><tt>lreverse</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#_lmap"><strong><tt>lmap</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#_lassign"><strong><tt>lassign</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#_lset"><strong><tt>lset</tt></strong></a>.</p></div>

 </div>

 </div>

 <div class="sect1">

@@ -2145,14 +2144,14 @@ exec $cmd</tt></pre>
 </div></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>This will attempt to exec the a command named "ls -l", which will clearly not

 work. Typically eval and concat are required to solve this problem, however

-it can be solved much more easily with <em>{*}</em>.</p></div>

+it can be solved much more easily with <tt>{*}</tt>.</p></div>

 <div class="literalblock">

 <div class="content">

 <pre><tt>exec {*}$cmd</tt></pre>

 </div></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>This will expand the following argument into individual elements and then evaluate

 the resulting command.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>Note that the official Tcl syntax is <em>{*}</em>, however <em>{expand}</em> is retained

+<div class="paragraph"><p>Note that the official Tcl syntax is <tt>{*}</tt>, however <tt>{expand}</tt> is retained

 for backward compatibility with experimental versions of this feature.</p></div>

 </div>

 </div>

@@ -2160,8 +2159,8 @@ for backward compatibility with experimental versions of this feature.</p></div>
 <h2 id="_regular_expressions">REGULAR EXPRESSIONS</h2>

 <div class="sectionbody">

 <div class="paragraph"><p>Tcl provides two commands that support string matching using regular

-expressions, <em>regexp</em> and <em>regsub</em>, as well as <em>switch -regexp</em> and

-<em>lsearch -regexp</em>.</p></div>

+expressions, <a href="#_regexp"><strong><tt>regexp</tt></strong></a> and <a href="#_regsub"><strong><tt>regsub</tt></strong></a>, as well as <a href="#_switch"><strong><tt>switch</tt></strong></a> <tt>-regexp</tt> and

+<a href="#_lsearch"><strong><tt>lsearch</tt></strong></a> <tt>-regexp</tt>.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>Regular expressions may be implemented one of two ways. Either using the system&#8217;s C library

 POSIX regular expression support, or using the built-in regular expression engine.

 The differences between these are described below.</p></div>

@@ -2254,8 +2253,8 @@ defined in jim.h, and are:</p></div>
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    Indicates that the <em>return</em> command has been invoked, and that the

-    current procedure (or top-level command or <em>source</em> command)

+    Indicates that the <a href="#_return"><strong><tt>return</tt></strong></a> command has been invoked, and that the

+    current procedure (or top-level command or <a href="#_source"><strong><tt>source</tt></strong></a> command)

     should return immediately.  The

     string gives the return value for the procedure or command.

 </p>

@@ -2265,7 +2264,7 @@ defined in jim.h, and are:</p></div>
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    Indicates that the <em>break</em> command has been invoked, so the

+    Indicates that the <a href="#_break"><strong><tt>break</tt></strong></a> command has been invoked, so the

     innermost loop should abort immediately.  The string should always

     be empty.

 </p>

@@ -2275,7 +2274,7 @@ defined in jim.h, and are:</p></div>
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    Indicates that the <em>continue</em> command has been invoked, so the

+    Indicates that the <a href="#_continue"><strong><tt>continue</tt></strong></a> command has been invoked, so the

     innermost loop should go on to the next iteration.  The string

     should always be empty.

 </p>

@@ -2287,7 +2286,7 @@ defined in jim.h, and are:</p></div>
 <p>

     Indicates that a signal was caught while executing a commands.

     The string contains the name of the signal caught.

-    See the <em>signal</em> and <em>catch</em> commands.

+    See the <a href="#_signal"><strong><tt>signal</tt></strong></a> and <a href="#_catch"><strong><tt>catch</tt></strong></a> commands.

 </p>

 </dd>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

@@ -2295,7 +2294,7 @@ defined in jim.h, and are:</p></div>
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    Indicates that the command called the <em>exit</em> command.

+    Indicates that the command called the <a href="#_exit"><strong><tt>exit</tt></strong></a> command.

     The string contains the exit code.

 </p>

 </dd>

@@ -2308,15 +2307,15 @@ invocations of the Tcl interpreter in progress, then each nested
 command will usually return the error to its caller, until eventually

 the error is reported to the top-level application code.  The

 application will then display the error message for the user.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>In a few cases, some commands will handle certain <em>error</em> conditions

-themselves and not return them upwards.  For example, the <em>for</em>

-command checks for the <tt>JIM_BREAK</tt> code; if it occurs, then <em>for</em>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>In a few cases, some commands will handle certain <a href="#_error"><strong><tt>error</tt></strong></a> conditions

+themselves and not return them upwards.  For example, the <a href="#_for"><strong><tt>for</tt></strong></a>

+command checks for the <tt>JIM_BREAK</tt> code; if it occurs, then <a href="#_for"><strong><tt>for</tt></strong></a>

 stops executing the body of the loop and returns <tt>JIM_OK</tt> to its

-caller.  The <em>for</em> command also handles <tt>JIM_CONTINUE</tt> codes and the

-procedure interpreter handles <tt>JIM_RETURN</tt> codes.  The <em>catch</em>

+caller.  The <a href="#_for"><strong><tt>for</tt></strong></a> command also handles <tt>JIM_CONTINUE</tt> codes and the

+procedure interpreter handles <tt>JIM_RETURN</tt> codes.  The <a href="#_catch"><strong><tt>catch</tt></strong></a>

 command allows Tcl programs to catch errors and handle them without

 aborting command interpretation any further.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>info returncodes</em> command may be used to programmatically map between

+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <a href="#_info"><strong><tt>info</tt></strong></a> <tt>returncodes</tt> command may be used to programmatically map between

 return codes and names.</p></div>

 </div>

 </div>

@@ -2329,13 +2328,13 @@ command (it has a name and it receives one or more arguments).
 The only difference is that its body isn&#8217;t a piece of C code linked

 into the program; it is a string containing one or more other

 Tcl commands.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>proc</em> command is used to create a new Tcl command procedure:</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <a href="#_proc"><strong><tt>proc</tt></strong></a> command is used to create a new Tcl command procedure:</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>proc</strong> <em>name arglist ?statics? body</em></tt></p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>The new command is name <strong>name</strong>, and it replaces any existing command

+<div class="paragraph"><p>The new command is named <tt><em>name</em></tt>, and it replaces any existing command

 there may have been by that name. Whenever the new command is

-invoked, the contents of <strong>body</strong> will be executed by the Tcl

+invoked, the contents of <tt><em>body</em></tt> will be executed by the Tcl

 interpreter.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>arglist</strong> specifies the formal arguments to the procedure.

+<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><em>arglist</em></tt> specifies the formal arguments to the procedure.

 It consists of a list, possibly empty, of the following

 argument specifiers:</p></div>

 <div class="dlist"><dl>

@@ -2363,7 +2362,7 @@ argument specifiers:</p></div>
 <dd>

 <p>

     Reference Argument - The caller is expected to pass the name of

-    an existing variable. An implicit <tt>upvar 1 <strong>origname</strong> <strong>name</strong></tt> is done

+    an existing variable. An implicit <a href="#_upvar"><strong><tt>upvar</tt></strong></a> <tt>1 'origname' 'name'</tt> is done

     to make the variable available in the proc scope.

 </p>

 </dd>

@@ -2372,12 +2371,12 @@ argument specifiers:</p></div>
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    Variable Argument - The special name <strong>args</strong>, which is

+    Variable Argument - The special name <tt><em>args</em></tt>, which is

     assigned all remaining arguments (including none) as a list. The

     variable argument may only be specified once. Note that

     the syntax <tt>args newname</tt> may be used to retain the special

-    behaviour of <strong>args</strong> with a different local name. In this case,

-    the variable is named <strong>newname</strong> rather than <strong>args</strong>.

+    behaviour of <tt><em>args</em></tt> with a different local name. In this case,

+    the variable is named <tt><em>newname</em></tt> rather than <tt><em>args</em></tt>.

 </p>

 </dd>

 </dl></div>

@@ -2415,7 +2414,7 @@ Variable Argument
 </div></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>This procedure requires at least two arguments, but can accept an unlimited number.

 The following table shows how various numbers of arguments are assigned.

-Values marked as <em>-</em> are assigned the default value.</p></div>

+Values marked as <tt>-</tt> are assigned the default value.</p></div>

 <div class="tableblock">

 <table rules="all"

 width="40%"

@@ -2481,11 +2480,11 @@ cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
 </tbody>

 </table>

 </div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>When <strong>body</strong> is being executed, variable names normally refer to local

+<div class="paragraph"><p>When <tt><em>body</em></tt> is being executed, variable names normally refer to local

 variables, which are created automatically when referenced and deleted

 when the procedure returns.  One local variable is automatically created

 for each of the procedure&#8217;s arguments.  Global variables can be

-accessed by invoking the <em>global</em> command or via the <em>::</em> prefix.</p></div>

+accessed by invoking the <a href="#_global"><strong><tt>global</tt></strong></a> command or via the <tt>::</tt> prefix.</p></div>

 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_new_in_jim">New in Jim</h3>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>In addition to procedure arguments, Jim procedures may declare static variables.

@@ -2507,13 +2506,13 @@ jim&gt; a
 jim&gt; a

 2 3 1</tt></pre>

 </div></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>The static variable <strong>a</strong> has no initialiser, so it is initialised from

+<div class="paragraph"><p>The static variable <tt><em>a</em></tt> has no initialiser, so it is initialised from

 the enclosing scope with the value 1. (Note that it is an error if there

-is no variable with the same name in the enclosing scope). However <strong>b</strong>

+is no variable with the same name in the enclosing scope). However <tt><em>b</em></tt>

 has an initialiser, so it is initialised to 2.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>Unlike a local variable, the value of a static variable is retained across

 invocations of the procedure.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>See the <em>proc</em> command for information on

+<div class="paragraph"><p>See the <a href="#_proc"><strong><tt>proc</tt></strong></a> command for information on

 how to define procedures and what happens when they are invoked.</p></div>

 </div>

 </div>

@@ -2522,7 +2521,7 @@ how to define procedures and what happens when they are invoked.</p></div>
 <h2 id="_variables_scalars_and_arrays">VARIABLES - SCALARS AND ARRAYS</h2>

 <div class="sectionbody">

 <div class="paragraph"><p>Tcl allows the definition of variables and the use of their values

-either through <em>$</em>-style variable substitution, the <em>set</em>

+either through <em>$</em>-style variable substitution, the <a href="#_set"><strong><tt>set</tt></strong></a>

 command, or a few other mechanisms.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>Variables need not be declared:  a new variable will automatically

 be created each time a new variable name is used.</p></div>

@@ -2556,8 +2555,8 @@ not be a scalar variable with the same name.</p></div>
 name then it is not possible to make array references to the

 variable.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>To convert a scalar variable to an array or vice versa, remove

-the existing variable with the <em>unset</em> command.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>array</em> command provides several features for dealing

+the existing variable with the <a href="#_unset"><strong><tt>unset</tt></strong></a> command.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <a href="#_array"><strong><tt>array</tt></strong></a> command provides several features for dealing

 with arrays, such as querying the names of all the elements of

 the array and converting between an array and a list.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>Variables may be either global or local.  If a variable

@@ -2565,10 +2564,10 @@ name is used when a procedure isn&#8217;t being executed, then it
 automatically refers to a global variable.  Variable names used

 within a procedure normally refer to local variables associated with that

 invocation of the procedure.  Local variables are deleted whenever

-a procedure exits.  Either <em>global</em> command may be used to request

+a procedure exits.  Either <a href="#_global"><strong><tt>global</tt></strong></a> command may be used to request

 that a name refer to a global variable for the duration of the current

 procedure (this is somewhat analogous to <em>extern</em> in C), or the variable

-may be explicitly scoped with the <em>::</em> prefix. For example</p></div>

+may be explicitly scoped with the <tt>::</tt> prefix. For example</p></div>

 <div class="literalblock">

 <div class="content">

 <pre><tt>set a 1

@@ -2607,7 +2606,7 @@ puts $a(2)</tt></pre>
 <div class="content">

 <pre><tt>two</tt></pre>

 </div></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>Thus <em>array set</em> is equivalent to <em>set</em> when the variable does not

+<div class="paragraph"><p>Thus <a href="#_array"><strong><tt>array</tt></strong></a> <tt>set</tt> is equivalent to <a href="#_set"><strong><tt>set</tt></strong></a> when the variable does not

 exist or is empty.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>The reverse is also true where an array will be converted into

 a list.</p></div>

@@ -2670,7 +2669,7 @@ two
 jim&gt; dict set a 3 T three

 1 one 2 two 3 {T three}</tt></pre>

 </div></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>See the <em>dict</em> command for more details.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>See the <a href="#_dict"><strong><tt>dict</tt></strong></a> command for more details.</p></div>

 </div>

 </div>

 <div class="sect1">

@@ -2691,9 +2690,9 @@ Consider the following example:</p></div>
 jim&gt; getref $r

 One String</tt></pre>

 </div></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>The operation <em>ref</em> creates a references to the value specified by the

+<div class="paragraph"><p>The operation <a href="#_ref"><strong><tt>ref</tt></strong></a> creates a references to the value specified by the

 first argument. (The second argument is a "type" used for documentation purposes).</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>The operation <em>getref</em> is the dereferencing operation which retrieves the value

+<div class="paragraph"><p>The operation <a href="#_getref"><strong><tt>getref</tt></strong></a> is the dereferencing operation which retrieves the value

 stored in the reference.</p></div>

 <div class="literalblock">

 <div class="content">

@@ -2702,7 +2701,7 @@ New String
 jim&gt; getref $r

 New String</tt></pre>

 </div></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>The operation <em>setref</em> replaces the value stored by the reference. If the old value

+<div class="paragraph"><p>The operation <a href="#_setref"><strong><tt>setref</tt></strong></a> replaces the value stored by the reference. If the old value

 is no longer accessible by any reference, it will eventually be automatically be garbage

 collected.</p></div>

 </div>

@@ -2713,7 +2712,7 @@ automatically as necessary.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>With the introduction of references, it is possible to create values whose lifetime

 transcend their scope. To support this, case, the Jim system will periodically identify

 and discard objects which are no longer accessible by any reference.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>collect</em> command may be used to force garbage collection.  Consider a reference created

+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <a href="#_collect"><strong><tt>collect</tt></strong></a> command may be used to force garbage collection.  Consider a reference created

 with a finalizer:</p></div>

 <div class="literalblock">

 <div class="content">

@@ -2730,7 +2729,7 @@ Finaliser called for &lt;reference.&lt;test___&gt;.00000000000,One String
 <div class="paragraph"><p>Note that once the reference, <em>r</em>, was modified so that it no longer

 contained a reference to the value, the garbage collector discarded

 the value (after calling the finalizer).</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>The finalizer for a reference may be examined or changed with the <em>finalize</em> command</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>The finalizer for a reference may be examined or changed with the <a href="#_finalize"><strong><tt>finalize</tt></strong></a> command</p></div>

 <div class="literalblock">

 <div class="content">

 <pre><tt>jim&gt; finalize $r

@@ -2769,19 +2768,19 @@ when the garbage collector runs.</p></div>
 <div class="sectionbody">

 <div class="paragraph"><p>If Jim is built with UTF-8 support enabled (configure --enable-utf),

 then most string-related commands become UTF-8 aware.  These include,

-but are not limited to, <em>string match</em>, <em>split</em>, <em>glob</em>, <em>scan</em> and

-<em>format</em>.</p></div>

+but are not limited to, <a href="#_string"><strong><tt>string</tt></strong></a> <tt>match</tt>, <a href="#_split"><strong><tt>split</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#_glob"><strong><tt>glob</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#_scan"><strong><tt>scan</tt></strong></a> and

+<a href="#_format"><strong><tt>format</tt></strong></a>.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>UTF-8 encoding has many advantages, but one of the complications is that

 characters can take a variable number of bytes. Thus the addition of

-<em>string bytelength</em> which returns the number of bytes in a string,

-while <em>string length</em> returns the number of characters.</p></div>

+<a href="#_string"><strong><tt>string</tt></strong></a> <tt>bytelength</tt> which returns the number of bytes in a string,

+while <a href="#_string"><strong><tt>string</tt></strong></a> <tt>length</tt> returns the number of characters.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>If UTF-8 support is not enabled, all commands treat bytes as characters

-and <em>string bytelength</em> returns the same value as <em>string length</em>.</p></div>

+and <a href="#_string"><strong><tt>string</tt></strong></a> <tt>bytelength</tt> returns the same value as <a href="#_string"><strong><tt>string</tt></strong></a> <tt>length</tt>.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>Note that even if UTF-8 support is not enabled, the <tt>\uNNNN</tt> syntax

 is still available to embed UTF-8 sequences.</p></div>

 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_string_matching">String Matching</h3>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>Commands such as <em>string match</em>, <em>lsearch -glob</em>, <em>array names</em> and others use string

+<div class="paragraph"><p>Commands such as <a href="#_string"><strong><tt>string</tt></strong></a> <tt>match</tt>, <a href="#_lsearch"><strong><tt>lsearch</tt></strong></a> <tt>-glob</tt>, <a href="#_array"><strong><tt>array</tt></strong></a> <tt>names</tt> and others use string

 pattern matching rules. These commands support UTF-8. For example:</p></div>

 <div class="literalblock">

 <div class="content">

@@ -2796,23 +2795,23 @@ a string with two bytes and one character. The same as <tt>\ub5</tt></p></div>
 <div class="content">

 <pre><tt>format %c 0xb5</tt></pre>

 </div></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>format</em> respects widths as character widths, not byte widths. For example, the following will

+<div class="paragraph"><p><a href="#_format"><strong><tt>format</tt></strong></a> respects widths as character widths, not byte widths. For example, the following will

 return a string with three characters, not three bytes.</p></div>

 <div class="literalblock">

 <div class="content">

 <pre><tt>format %.3s \ub5\ub6\ub7\ub8</tt></pre>

 </div></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>Similarly, <tt>scan &#8230; %c</tt> allows a UTF-8 to be decoded to a unicode codepoint. The following will set

-<strong>a</strong> to 181 (0xb5) and <strong>b</strong> to 65 (0x41).</p></div>

+<tt><em>a</em></tt> to 181 (0xb5) and <tt><em>b</em></tt> to 65 (0x41).</p></div>

 <div class="literalblock">

 <div class="content">

 <pre><tt>scan \u00b5A %c%c a b</tt></pre>

 </div></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>scan %s</em> will also accept a character class, including unicode ranges.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p><a href="#_scan"><strong><tt>scan</tt></strong></a> <tt>%s</tt> will also accept a character class, including unicode ranges.</p></div>

 </div>

 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_string_classes">String Classes</h3>

-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>string is</em> has <strong>not</strong> been extended to classify UTF-8 characters. Therefore, the following

+<div class="paragraph"><p><a href="#_string"><strong><tt>string</tt></strong></a> <tt>is</tt> has <strong>not</strong> been extended to classify UTF-8 characters. Therefore, the following

 will return 0, even though the string may be considered to be alphabetic.</p></div>

 <div class="literalblock">

 <div class="content">

@@ -2824,11 +2823,11 @@ will return 0, even though the string may be considered to be alphabetic.</p></d
 <h3 id="_case_mapping_and_conversion">Case Mapping and Conversion</h3>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>Jim provides a simplified unicode case mapping. This means that case conversion

 and comparison will not increase or decrease the number of characters in a string.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>string toupper</em> will convert any lowercase letters to their uppercase equivalent.

+<div class="paragraph"><p><a href="#_string"><strong><tt>string</tt></strong></a> <tt>toupper</tt> will convert any lowercase letters to their uppercase equivalent.

 Any character which is not a letter or has no uppercase equivalent is left unchanged.

-Similarly for <em>string tolower</em>.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>Commands which perform case insensitive matches, such as <em>string compare -nocase</em>

-and <em>lsearch -nocase</em> fold both strings to uppercase before comparison.</p></div>

+Similarly for <a href="#_string"><strong><tt>string</tt></strong></a> <tt>tolower</tt>.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>Commands which perform case insensitive matches, such as <a href="#_string"><strong><tt>string</tt></strong></a> <tt>compare -nocase</tt>

+and <a href="#_lsearch"><strong><tt>lsearch</tt></strong></a> <tt>-nocase</tt> fold both strings to uppercase before comparison.</p></div>

 </div>

 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_invalid_utf_8_sequences">Invalid UTF-8 Sequences</h3>

@@ -2863,7 +2862,7 @@ literals that you type verbatim to Tcl.</p></div>
 a range of values that you can type.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>Optional arguments or groups of arguments are indicated by enclosing them

 in <tt>?question-marks?</tt>.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>Ellipses (<tt>&#8230;</tt>) indicate that any number of additional

+<div class="paragraph"><p>Ellipses (<tt>...</tt>) indicate that any number of additional

 arguments or groups of arguments may appear, in the same format

 as the preceding argument(s).</p></div>

 <div class="sect2">

@@ -2883,140 +2882,140 @@ cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
 <col width="12%" />

 <tbody>

 <tr>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#cmd_2">after</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_aio">aio</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_alarm">alarm</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_alias">alias</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_append">append</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_array">array</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_break">break</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_case">case</a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#cmd_2"><strong><tt>after</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_aio"><strong><tt>aio</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_alarm"><strong><tt>alarm</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_alias"><strong><tt>alias</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_append"><strong><tt>append</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_array"><strong><tt>array</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_break"><strong><tt>break</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_case"><strong><tt>case</tt></strong></a></p></td>

 </tr>

 <tr>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_catch">catch</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_cd">cd</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_clock">clock</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_close">close</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_collect">collect</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_concat">concat</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_continue">continue</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_curry">curry</a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_catch"><strong><tt>catch</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_cd"><strong><tt>cd</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_clock"><strong><tt>clock</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_close"><strong><tt>close</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_collect"><strong><tt>collect</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_concat"><strong><tt>concat</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_continue"><strong><tt>continue</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_curry"><strong><tt>curry</tt></strong></a></p></td>

 </tr>

 <tr>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_dict">dict</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_env">env</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_eof">eof</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_error">error</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_errorInfo">errorInfo</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_eval">eval</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#cmd_2">eventloop</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_exec">exec</a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_dict"><strong><tt>dict</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_env"><strong><tt>env</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_eof"><strong><tt>eof</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_error"><strong><tt>error</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_eval"><strong><tt>eval</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#cmd_2"><strong><tt>eventloop</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_exec"><strong><tt>exec</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_exists"><strong><tt>exists</tt></strong></a></p></td>

 </tr>

 <tr>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_exists">exists</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_exit">exit</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_expr">expr</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_file">file</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_finalize">finalize</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_flush">flush</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_for">for</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_foreach">foreach</a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_exit"><strong><tt>exit</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_expr"><strong><tt>expr</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_file"><strong><tt>file</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_finalize"><strong><tt>finalize</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_flush"><strong><tt>flush</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_for"><strong><tt>for</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_foreach"><strong><tt>foreach</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_format"><strong><tt>format</tt></strong></a></p></td>

 </tr>

 <tr>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_format">format</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_getref">getref</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_gets">gets</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_glob">glob</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_global">global</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_if">if</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_incr">incr</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_info">info</a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_getref"><strong><tt>getref</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_gets"><strong><tt>gets</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_glob"><strong><tt>glob</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_global"><strong><tt>global</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_if"><strong><tt>if</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_incr"><strong><tt>incr</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_info"><strong><tt>info</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_join"><strong><tt>join</tt></strong></a></p></td>

 </tr>

 <tr>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_join">join</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_kill">kill</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_lambda">lambda</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_lappend">lappend</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_lassign">lassign</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_lindex">lindex</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_linsert">linsert</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_list">list</a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_kill"><strong><tt>kill</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_lambda"><strong><tt>lambda</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_lappend"><strong><tt>lappend</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_lassign"><strong><tt>lassign</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_lindex"><strong><tt>lindex</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_linsert"><strong><tt>linsert</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_list"><strong><tt>list</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_llength"><strong><tt>llength</tt></strong></a></p></td>

 </tr>

 <tr>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_llength">llength</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_lmap">lmap</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_load">load</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_local">local</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_loop">loop</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_lrange">lrange</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_lrepeat">lrepeat</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_lreplace">lreplace</a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_lmap"><strong><tt>lmap</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_load"><strong><tt>load</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_local"><strong><tt>local</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_loop"><strong><tt>loop</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_lrange"><strong><tt>lrange</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_lrepeat"><strong><tt>lrepeat</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_lreplace"><strong><tt>lreplace</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_lreverse"><strong><tt>lreverse</tt></strong></a></p></td>

 </tr>

 <tr>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_lreverse">lreverse</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_lsearch">lsearch</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_lset">lset</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_lsort">lsort</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_open">open</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#cmd_1">os.fork</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#cmd_1">os.gethostname</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#cmd_1">os.getids</a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_lsearch"><strong><tt>lsearch</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_lset"><strong><tt>lset</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_lsort"><strong><tt>lsort</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_open"><strong><tt>open</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#cmd_1"><strong><tt>os.fork</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#cmd_1"><strong><tt>os.gethostname</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#cmd_1"><strong><tt>os.getids</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#cmd_1"><strong><tt>os.uptime</tt></strong></a></p></td>

 </tr>

 <tr>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#cmd_1">os.uptime</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#cmd_1">os.wait</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_package">package</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_pid">pid</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#cmd_1">posix</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_proc">proc</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_puts">puts</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_pwd">pwd</a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#cmd_1"><strong><tt>os.wait</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_package"><strong><tt>package</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_pid"><strong><tt>pid</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#cmd_1"><strong><tt>posix</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_proc"><strong><tt>proc</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_puts"><strong><tt>puts</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_pwd"><strong><tt>pwd</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_rand"><strong><tt>rand</tt></strong></a></p></td>

 </tr>

 <tr>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_rand">rand</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_range">range</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_read">read</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_ref">ref</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_regexp">regexp</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_regsub">regsub</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_rename">rename</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_return">return</a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_range"><strong><tt>range</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_read"><strong><tt>read</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_ref"><strong><tt>ref</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_regexp"><strong><tt>regexp</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_regsub"><strong><tt>regsub</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_rename"><strong><tt>rename</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_return"><strong><tt>return</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_scan"><strong><tt>scan</tt></strong></a></p></td>

 </tr>

 <tr>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_scan">scan</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_seek">seek</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_set">set</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_setref">setref</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_signal">signal</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_sleep">sleep</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_socket">socket</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_source">source</a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_seek"><strong><tt>seek</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_set"><strong><tt>set</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_setref"><strong><tt>setref</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_signal"><strong><tt>signal</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_sleep"><strong><tt>sleep</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_socket"><strong><tt>socket</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_source"><strong><tt>source</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_split"><strong><tt>split</tt></strong></a></p></td>

 </tr>

 <tr>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_split">split</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_stackdump">stackdump</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_stacktrace">stacktrace</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_string">string</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_subst">subst</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_switch">switch</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_syslog">syslog</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_tailcall">tailcall</a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_stackdump"><strong><tt>stackdump</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_stacktrace"><strong><tt>stacktrace</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_string"><strong><tt>string</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_subst"><strong><tt>subst</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_switch"><strong><tt>switch</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_syslog"><strong><tt>syslog</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_tailcall"><strong><tt>tailcall</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_tell"><strong><tt>tell</tt></strong></a></p></td>

 </tr>

 <tr>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_tell">tell</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_throw">throw</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_time">time</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_try">try</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_unknown">unknown</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_unset">unset</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_upcall">upcall</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#cmd_2">update</a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_throw"><strong><tt>throw</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_time"><strong><tt>time</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_try"><strong><tt>try</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_unknown"><strong><tt>unknown</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_unset"><strong><tt>unset</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_upcall"><strong><tt>upcall</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#cmd_2"><strong><tt>update</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_uplevel"><strong><tt>uplevel</tt></strong></a></p></td>

 </tr>

 <tr>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_uplevel">uplevel</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_upvar">upvar</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#cmd_2">vwait</a></p></td>

-<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_while">while</a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_upvar"><strong><tt>upvar</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#cmd_2"><strong><tt>vwait</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><a href="#_while"><strong><tt>while</tt></strong></a></p></td>

+<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"></p></td>

 <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"></p></td>

 <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"></p></td>

 <td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"></p></td>

@@ -3029,18 +3028,18 @@ cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_alarm">alarm</h3>

 <div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>alarm</strong> <em>seconds</em></tt></p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>Delivers the <em>SIGALRM</em> signal to the process after the given

+<div class="paragraph"><p>Delivers the <tt>SIGALRM</tt> signal to the process after the given

 number of seconds. If the platform supports <em>ualarm(3)</em> then

 the argument may be a floating point value. Otherwise it must

 be an integer.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>Note that unless a signal handler for <em>SIGALRM</em> has been installed

-(see <em>signal</em>), the process will exit on this signal.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>Note that unless a signal handler for <tt>SIGALRM</tt> has been installed

+(see <a href="#_signal"><strong><tt>signal</tt></strong></a>), the process will exit on this signal.</p></div>

 </div>

 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_alias">alias</h3>

-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>alias</strong> <em>name args&#8230;</em></tt></p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>Creates a single word alias (proc) for one or more words. For example,

-the following creates an alias for the command <em>info exists</em>.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>alias</strong> <em>name args...</em></tt></p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>Creates a single word alias (<a href="#_proc"><strong><tt>proc</tt></strong></a>) for one or more words. For example,

+the following creates an alias for the command <a href="#_info"><strong><tt>info</tt></strong></a> <tt>exists</tt>.</p></div>

 <div class="literalblock">

 <div class="content">

 <pre><tt>alias e info exists

@@ -3048,30 +3047,30 @@ if {[e var]} {
   ...

 }</tt></pre>

 </div></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>alias</em> returns <strong>name</strong>, allowing it to be used with 'local.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>See also <em>proc</em>, <em>curry</em>, <em>lambda</em>, <em>local</em>.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p><a href="#_alias"><strong><tt>alias</tt></strong></a> returns <tt><em>name</em></tt>, allowing it to be used with <a href="#_local"><strong><tt>local</tt></strong></a>.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>See also <a href="#_proc"><strong><tt>proc</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#_curry"><strong><tt>curry</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#_lambda"><strong><tt>lambda</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#_local"><strong><tt>local</tt></strong></a>.</p></div>

 </div>

 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_append">append</h3>

 <div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>append</strong> <em>varName value ?value value &#8230;?</em></tt></p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>Append all of the <strong>value</strong> arguments to the current value

-of variable <strong>varName</strong>.  If <strong>varName</strong> doesn&#8217;t exist,

+<div class="paragraph"><p>Append all of the <tt><em>value</em></tt> arguments to the current value

+of variable <tt><em>varName</em></tt>.  If <tt><em>varName</em></tt> doesn&#8217;t exist,

 it is given a value equal to the concatenation of all the

-<strong>value</strong> arguments.</p></div>

+<tt><em>value</em></tt> arguments.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>This command provides an efficient way to build up long

 variables incrementally.

-For example, <em>append a $b</em> is much more efficient than

-<em>set a $a$b</em> if <em>$a</em> is long.</p></div>

+For example, "<a href="#_append"><strong><tt>append</tt></strong></a> <tt>a $b</tt>" is much more efficient than

+"<a href="#_set"><strong><tt>set</tt></strong></a> <tt>a $a$b</tt>" if <tt>$a</tt> is long.</p></div>

 </div>

 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_array">array</h3>

-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>array</strong> <em>option arrayName ?arg arg &#8230;?</em></tt></p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>array</strong> <em>option arrayName ?arg...?</em></tt></p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>This command performs one of several operations on the

-variable given by <strong>arrayName</strong>.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>Note that in general, if the named array does not exist, the <strong>array</strong> command behaves

+variable given by <tt><em>arrayName</em></tt>.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>Note that in general, if the named array does not exist, the <tt><em>array</em></tt> command behaves

 as though the array exists but is empty.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>option</strong> argument determines what action is carried out by the

-command.  The legal <strong>options</strong> (which may be abbreviated) are:</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <tt><em>option</em></tt> argument determines what action is carried out by the

+command.  The legal <tt><em>options</em></tt> (which may be abbreviated) are:</p></div>

 <div class="dlist"><dl>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

 <tt><strong>array exists</strong> <em>arrayName</em></tt>

@@ -3080,7 +3079,7 @@ command.  The legal <strong>options</strong> (which may be abbreviated) are:</p>
 <p>

     Returns 1 if arrayName is an array variable, 0 if there is

     no variable by that name.  This command is essentially

-    identical to <em>info exists</em>

+    identical to <a href="#_info"><strong><tt>info</tt></strong></a> <tt>exists</tt>

 </p>

 </dd>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

@@ -3159,24 +3158,24 @@ command.  The legal <strong>options</strong> (which may be abbreviated) are:</p>
 <h3 id="_break">break</h3>

 <div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>break</strong></tt></p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>This command may be invoked only inside the body of a loop command

-such as <em>for</em> or <em>foreach</em> or <em>while</em>.  It returns a <tt>JIM_BREAK</tt> code

+such as <a href="#_for"><strong><tt>for</tt></strong></a> or <a href="#_foreach"><strong><tt>foreach</tt></strong></a> or <a href="#_while"><strong><tt>while</tt></strong></a>.  It returns a <tt>JIM_BREAK</tt> code

 to signal the innermost containing loop command to return immediately.</p></div>

 </div>

 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_case">case</h3>

-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>case</strong> <em>string</em> ?<strong>in</strong>? <em>patList body ?patList body &#8230;?</em></tt></p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>case</strong> <em>string</em> ?<strong>in</strong>? {<em>patList body ?patList body &#8230;?</em>}</tt></p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Note</strong> that the switch command should generally be preferred unless compatibility

+<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>case</strong> <em>string</em> ?in? <em>patList body ?patList body &#8230;?</em></tt></p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>case</strong> <em>string</em> ?in? {<em>patList body ?patList body &#8230;?</em>}</tt></p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Note</strong> that the <a href="#_switch"><strong><tt>switch</tt></strong></a> command should generally be preferred unless compatibility

 with Tcl 6.x is desired.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>Match <strong>string</strong> against each of the <strong>patList</strong> arguments

-in order.  If one matches, then evaluate the following <strong>body</strong> argument

+<div class="paragraph"><p>Match <tt><em>string</em></tt> against each of the <tt><em>patList</em></tt> arguments

+in order.  If one matches, then evaluate the following <tt><em>body</em></tt> argument

 by passing it recursively to the Tcl interpreter, and return the result

-of that evaluation.  Each <strong>patList</strong> argument consists of a single

+of that evaluation.  Each <tt><em>patList</em></tt> argument consists of a single

 pattern or list of patterns.  Each pattern may contain any of the wild-cards

-described under <em>string match</em>.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>If a <strong>patList</strong> argument is <em>default</em>, the corresponding body will be

-evaluated if no <strong>patList</strong> matches <strong>string</strong>.  If no <strong>patList</strong> argument

-matches <strong>string</strong> and no default is given, then the <em>case</em> command returns

+described under <a href="#_string"><strong><tt>string</tt></strong></a> <tt>match</tt>.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>If a <tt><em>patList</em></tt> argument is <tt>default</tt>, the corresponding body will be

+evaluated if no <tt><em>patList</em></tt> matches <tt><em>string</em></tt>.  If no <tt><em>patList</em></tt> argument

+matches <tt><em>string</em></tt> and no default is given, then the <a href="#_case"><strong><tt>case</tt></strong></a> command returns

 an empty string.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>Two syntaxes are provided.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>The first uses a separate argument for each of the patterns and commands;

@@ -3188,11 +3187,11 @@ the elements of the list being the patterns and commands.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>The second form makes it easy to construct multi-line case commands,

 since the braces around the whole list make it unnecessary to include a

 backslash at the end of each line.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>Since the <strong>patList</strong> arguments are in braces in the second form,

+<div class="paragraph"><p>Since the <tt><em>patList</em></tt> arguments are in braces in the second form,

 no command or variable substitutions are performed on them;  this makes

 the behaviour of the second form different than the first form in some

 cases.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>Below are some examples of <em>case</em> commands:</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>Below are some examples of <a href="#_case"><strong><tt>case</tt></strong></a> commands:</p></div>

 <div class="literalblock">

 <div class="content">

 <pre><tt>case abc in {a b} {format 1} default {format 2} a* {format 3}</tt></pre>

@@ -3222,32 +3221,32 @@ cases.</p></div>
 </div>

 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_catch">catch</h3>

-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>catch</strong> <em>?-?no?code &#8230;?</em> <strong>?--?</strong> <em>command ?resultVarName? ?optionsVarName?</em></tt></p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>catch</em> command may be used to prevent errors from aborting

-command interpretation.  <em>Catch</em> evaluates <strong>command</strong>, and returns a

+<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>catch</strong> ?-?no?<em>code ...</em>? ?--? <em>command ?resultVarName? ?optionsVarName?</em></tt></p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <a href="#_catch"><strong><tt>catch</tt></strong></a> command may be used to prevent errors from aborting

+command interpretation.  <a href="#_catch"><strong><tt>catch</tt></strong></a> evaluates <tt><em>command</em></tt>, and returns a

 <tt>JIM_OK</tt> code, regardless of any errors that might occur while

-executing <strong>command</strong> (with the possible exception of <tt>JIM_SIGNAL</tt> -

+executing <tt><em>command</em></tt> (with the possible exception of <tt>JIM_SIGNAL</tt> -

 see below).</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>The return value from <em>catch</em> is a decimal string giving the code

-returned by the Tcl interpreter after executing <strong>command</strong>.  This

-will be <em>0</em> (<tt>JIM_OK</tt>) if there were no errors in <strong>command</strong>; otherwise

+<div class="paragraph"><p>The return value from <a href="#_catch"><strong><tt>catch</tt></strong></a> is a decimal string giving the code

+returned by the Tcl interpreter after executing <tt><em>command</em></tt>.  This

+will be <em>0</em> (<tt>JIM_OK</tt>) if there were no errors in <tt><em>command</em></tt>; otherwise

 it will have a non-zero value corresponding to one of the exceptional

 return codes (see jim.h for the definitions of code values, or the

-<em>info returncodes</em> command).</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>If the <strong>resultVarName</strong> argument is given, then it gives the name

-of a variable; <em>catch</em> will set the value of the variable to the

-string returned from <strong>command</strong> (either a result or an error message).</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>If the <strong>optionsVarName</strong> argument is given, then it gives the name

-of a variable; <em>catch</em> will set the value of the variable to a

+<a href="#_info"><strong><tt>info</tt></strong></a> <tt>returncodes</tt> command).</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>If the <tt><em>resultVarName</em></tt> argument is given, then it gives the name

+of a variable; <a href="#_catch"><strong><tt>catch</tt></strong></a> will set the value of the variable to the

+string returned from <tt><em>command</em></tt> (either a result or an error message).</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>If the <tt><em>optionsVarName</em></tt> argument is given, then it gives the name

+of a variable; <a href="#_catch"><strong><tt>catch</tt></strong></a> will set the value of the variable to a

 dictionary. For any return code other than <tt>JIM_RETURN</tt>, the value

 for the key <tt>-code</tt> will be set to the return code. For <tt>JIM_RETURN</tt>

-it will be set to the code given in <em>return -code</em>. Additionally,

+it will be set to the code given in <a href="#_return"><strong><tt>return</tt></strong></a> <tt>-code</tt>. Additionally,

 for the return code <tt>JIM_ERR</tt>, the value of the key <tt>-errorinfo</tt>

-will contain the current stack trace (the same result as <em>info

-stacktrace</em>), the value of the key <tt>-errorcode</tt> will contain the

+will contain the current stack trace (the same result as <a href="#_info"><strong><tt>info</tt></strong></a> <tt>stacktrace</tt>),

+the value of the key <tt>-errorcode</tt> will contain the

 same value as the global variable $::errorCode, and the value of

-the key <tt>-level</tt> will be the current return level (see <em>return

--level</em>).  This can be useful to rethrow an error:</p></div>

+the key <tt>-level</tt> will be the current return level (see <a href="#_return"><strong><tt>return</tt></strong></a> <tt>-level</tt>).

+This can be useful to rethrow an error:</p></div>

 <div class="literalblock">

 <div class="content">

 <pre><tt>if {[catch {...} msg opts]} {

@@ -3256,22 +3255,22 @@ the key <tt>-level</tt> will be the current return level (see <em>return
     return {*}$opts $msg

 }</tt></pre>

 </div></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>Normally <em>catch</em> will <strong>not</strong> catch any of the codes <tt>JIM_EXIT</tt>, <tt>JIM_EVAL</tt> or <tt>JIM_SIGNAL</tt>.

+<div class="paragraph"><p>Normally <a href="#_catch"><strong><tt>catch</tt></strong></a> will <tt><em>not</em></tt> catch any of the codes <tt>JIM_EXIT</tt>, <tt>JIM_EVAL</tt> or <tt>JIM_SIGNAL</tt>.

 The set of codes which will be caught may be modified by specifying the one more codes before

-<strong>command</strong>.</p></div>

+<tt><em>command</em></tt>.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>e.g. To catch <tt>JIM_EXIT</tt> but not <tt>JIM_BREAK</tt> or <tt>JIM_CONTINUE</tt></p></div>

 <div class="literalblock">

 <div class="content">

 <pre><tt>catch -exit -nobreak -nocontinue -- { ... }</tt></pre>

 </div></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>The use of <tt>--</tt> is optional. It signifies that no more return code options follow.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>Note that if a signal marked as <em>signal handle</em> is caught with <em>catch -signal</em>, the return value

-(stored in <strong>resultVarName</strong>) is name of the signal caught.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>Note that if a signal marked as <a href="#_signal"><strong><tt>signal</tt></strong></a> <tt>handle</tt> is caught with <a href="#_catch"><strong><tt>catch</tt></strong></a> <tt>-signal</tt>, the return value

+(stored in <tt><em>resultVarName</em></tt>) is name of the signal caught.</p></div>

 </div>

 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_cd">cd</h3>

 <div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>cd</strong> <em>dirName</em></tt></p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>Change the current working directory to <strong>dirName</strong>.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>Change the current working directory to <tt><em>dirName</em></tt>.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>Returns an empty string.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>This command can potentially be disruptive to an application, so it may

 be removed in some applications.</p></div>

@@ -3312,21 +3311,21 @@ be removed in some applications.</p></div>
 <h3 id="_close">close</h3>

 <div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>close</strong> <em>fileId</em></tt></p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p><tt><em>fileId</em> <strong>close</strong></tt></p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>Closes the file given by <strong>fileId</strong>.

-<strong>fileId</strong> must be the return value from a previous invocation

-of the <em>open</em> command; after this command, it should not be

+<div class="paragraph"><p>Closes the file given by <tt><em>fileId</em></tt>.

+<tt><em>fileId</em></tt> must be the return value from a previous invocation

+of the <a href="#_open"><strong><tt>open</tt></strong></a> command; after this command, it should not be

 used anymore.</p></div>

 </div>

 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_collect">collect</h3>

 <div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>collect</strong></tt></p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>Normally reference garbage collection is automatically performed periodically.

-However it may be run immediately with the <em>collect</em> command.</p></div>

+However it may be run immediately with the <a href="#_collect"><strong><tt>collect</tt></strong></a> command.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>See GARBAGE COLLECTION, REFERENCES, LAMBDA for more detail.</p></div>

 </div>

 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_concat">concat</h3>

-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>concat</strong> <em>arg ?arg &#8230;?</em></tt></p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>concat</strong> <em>arg ?arg ...?</em></tt></p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>This command treats each argument as a list and concatenates them

 into a single list.  It permits any number of arguments.  For example,

 the command</p></div>

@@ -3345,16 +3344,16 @@ the command</p></div>
 <h3 id="_continue">continue</h3>

 <div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>continue</strong></tt></p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>This command may be invoked only inside the body of a loop command such

-as <em>for</em> or <em>foreach</em> or <em>while</em>.  It returns a  <tt>JIM_CONTINUE</tt> code to

+as <a href="#_for"><strong><tt>for</tt></strong></a> or <a href="#_foreach"><strong><tt>foreach</tt></strong></a> or <a href="#_while"><strong><tt>while</tt></strong></a>.  It returns a  <tt>JIM_CONTINUE</tt> code to

 signal the innermost containing loop command to skip the remainder of

 the loop&#8217;s body but continue with the next iteration of the loop.</p></div>

 </div>

 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_curry">curry</h3>

-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>alias</strong> <em>args&#8230;</em></tt></p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>Similar to <em>alias</em> except it creates an anonymous procedure (lambda) instead of

+<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>alias</strong> <em>args...</em></tt></p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>Similar to <a href="#_alias"><strong><tt>alias</tt></strong></a> except it creates an anonymous procedure (lambda) instead of

 a named procedure.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>the following creates a local, unnamed alias for the command <em>info exists</em>.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>the following creates a local, unnamed alias for the command <a href="#_info"><strong><tt>info</tt></strong></a> <tt>exists</tt>.</p></div>

 <div class="literalblock">

 <div class="content">

 <pre><tt>set e [local curry info exists]

@@ -3362,18 +3361,18 @@ if {[$e var]} {
   ...

 }</tt></pre>

 </div></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>curry</em> returns the name of the procedure.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>See also <em>proc</em>, <em>alias</em>, <em>lambda</em>, <em>local</em>.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p><a href="#_curry"><strong><tt>curry</tt></strong></a> returns the name of the procedure.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>See also <a href="#_proc"><strong><tt>proc</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#_alias"><strong><tt>alias</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#_lambda"><strong><tt>lambda</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#_local"><strong><tt>local</tt></strong></a>.</p></div>

 </div>

 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_dict">dict</h3>

-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>dict</strong> <em>option ?arg arg &#8230;?</em></tt></p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>dict</strong> <em>option ?arg...?</em></tt></p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>Performs one of several operations on dictionary values.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>option</strong> argument determines what action is carried out by the

-command.  The legal <strong>options</strong> are:</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <tt><em>option</em></tt> argument determines what action is carried out by the

+command.  The legal <tt><em>options</em></tt> are:</p></div>

 <div class="dlist"><dl>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

-<tt><strong>dict create</strong> <em>?key value &#8230;?</em></tt>

+<tt><strong>dict create</strong> <em>?key value ...?</em></tt>

 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

@@ -3384,25 +3383,25 @@ command.  The legal <strong>options</strong> are:</p></div>
 </p>

 </dd>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

-<tt><strong>dict exists</strong> <em>dictionary key ?key &#8230;?</em></tt>

+<tt><strong>dict exists</strong> <em>dictionary key ?key ...?</em></tt>

 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

     Returns a boolean value indicating whether the given key (or path

     of keys through a set of nested dictionaries) exists in the given

-    dictionary value.  This returns a true value exactly when <em>dict get</em>

+    dictionary value.  This returns a true value exactly when <a href="#_dict"><strong><tt>dict</tt></strong></a> <tt>get</tt>

     on that path will succeed.

 </p>

 </dd>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

-<tt><strong>dict get</strong> <em>dictionary ?key &#8230;?</em></tt>

+<tt><strong>dict get</strong> <em>dictionary ?key ...?</em></tt>

 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

     Given a dictionary value (first argument) and a key (second argument),

     this will retrieve the value for that key. Where several keys are

     supplied, the behaviour of the command shall be as if the result

-    of <em>dict get $dictVal $key</em> was passed as the first argument to

+    of "<a href="#_dict"><strong><tt>dict</tt></strong></a> <tt>get $dictVal $key</tt>" was passed as the first argument to

     dict get with the remaining arguments as second (and possibly

     subsequent) arguments. This facilitates lookups in nested dictionaries.

     If no keys are provided, dict would return a list containing pairs

@@ -3419,7 +3418,7 @@ command.  The legal <strong>options</strong> are:</p></div>
 <p>

     Returns a list of the keys in the dictionary.

     If pattern is specified, then only those keys whose

-    names match <strong>pattern</strong> (using the matching rules of string

+    names match <tt><em>pattern</em></tt> (using the matching rules of string

     match) are included.

 </p>

 </dd>

@@ -3430,16 +3429,16 @@ command.  The legal <strong>options</strong> are:</p></div>
 <p>

     Returns a list of the keys in the dictionary.

     If pattern is specified, then only those keys whose

-    names match <strong>pattern</strong> (using the matching rules of string

+    names match <tt><em>pattern</em></tt> (using the matching rules of string

     match) are included.

 </p>

 </dd>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

-<tt><strong>dict set</strong> <em>dictionaryName key ?key &#8230;? value</em></tt>

+<tt><strong>dict set</strong> <em>dictionaryName key ?key ...? value</em></tt>

 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    This operation takes the <strong>name</strong> of a variable containing a dictionary

+    This operation takes the <tt><em>name</em></tt> of a variable containing a dictionary

     value and places an updated dictionary value in that variable

     containing a mapping from the given key to the given value. When

     multiple keys are present, this operation creates or updates a chain

@@ -3447,11 +3446,11 @@ command.  The legal <strong>options</strong> are:</p></div>
 </p>

 </dd>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

-<tt><strong>dict unset</strong> <em>dictionaryName key ?key &#8230;? value</em></tt>

+<tt><strong>dict unset</strong> <em>dictionaryName key ?key ...? value</em></tt>

 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    This operation (the companion to <em>dict set</em>) takes the name of a

+    This operation (the companion to <a href="#_dict"><strong><tt>dict</tt></strong></a> <tt>set</tt>) takes the name of a

     variable containing a dictionary value and places an updated

     dictionary value in that variable that does not contain a mapping

     for the given key. Where multiple keys are present, this describes

@@ -3465,34 +3464,34 @@ command.  The legal <strong>options</strong> are:</p></div>
 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_env">env</h3>

 <div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>env</strong> <em>?name? ?default?</em></tt></p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>If <strong>name</strong> is supplied, returns the value of <strong>name</strong> from the initial

-environment (see getenv(3)). An error is returned if <strong>name</strong> does not

-exist in the environment, unless <strong>default</strong> is supplied - in which case

+<div class="paragraph"><p>If <tt><em>name</em></tt> is supplied, returns the value of <tt><em>name</em></tt> from the initial

+environment (see getenv(3)). An error is returned if <tt><em>name</em></tt> does not

+exist in the environment, unless <tt><em>default</em></tt> is supplied - in which case

 that value is returned instead.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>If no arguments are supplied, returns a list of all environment variables

-and their values as <tt>{name value &#8230;}</tt></p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>See also the global variable <em>::env</em></p></div>

+and their values as <tt>{name value ...}</tt></p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>See also the global variable <tt>::env</tt></p></div>

 </div>

 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_eof">eof</h3>

 <div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>eof</strong> <em>fileId</em></tt></p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p><tt><em>fileId</em> <strong>eof</strong></tt></p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>Returns 1 if an end-of-file condition has occurred on <strong>fileId</strong>,

+<div class="paragraph"><p>Returns 1 if an end-of-file condition has occurred on <tt><em>fileId</em></tt>,

 0 otherwise.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>fileId</strong> must have been the return value from a previous call to <em>open</em>,

-or it may be <em>stdin</em>, <em>stdout</em>, or <em>stderr</em> to refer to one of the

+<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><em>fileId</em></tt> must have been the return value from a previous call to <a href="#_open"><strong><tt>open</tt></strong></a>,

+or it may be <tt>stdin</tt>, <tt>stdout</tt>, or <tt>stderr</tt> to refer to one of the

 standard I/O channels.</p></div>

 </div>

 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_error">error</h3>

 <div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>error</strong> <em>message ?stacktrace?</em></tt></p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>Returns a <tt>JIM_ERR</tt> code, which causes command interpretation to be

-unwound.  <strong>message</strong> is a string that is returned to the application

+unwound.  <tt><em>message</em></tt> is a string that is returned to the application

 to indicate what went wrong.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>If the <strong>stacktrace</strong> argument is provided and is non-empty,

+<div class="paragraph"><p>If the <tt><em>stacktrace</em></tt> argument is provided and is non-empty,

 it is used to initialize the stacktrace.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>This feature is most useful in conjunction with the <em>catch</em> command:

-if a caught error cannot be handled successfully, <strong>stacktrace</strong> can be used

+<div class="paragraph"><p>This feature is most useful in conjunction with the <a href="#_catch"><strong><tt>catch</tt></strong></a> command:

+if a caught error cannot be handled successfully, <tt><em>stacktrace</em></tt> can be used

 to return a stack trace reflecting the original point of occurrence

 of the error:</p></div>

 <div class="literalblock">

@@ -3501,7 +3500,7 @@ of the error:</p></div>
 ...

 error $errMsg [info stacktrace]</tt></pre>

 </div></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>See also <em>errorInfo</em>, <em>info stacktrace</em>, <em>catch</em> and <em>return</em></p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>See also <tt>errorInfo</tt>, <a href="#_info"><strong><tt>info</tt></strong></a> <tt>stacktrace</tt>, <a href="#_catch"><strong><tt>catch</tt></strong></a> and <a href="#_return"><strong><tt>return</tt></strong></a></p></div>

 </div>

 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_errorinfo">errorInfo</h3>

@@ -3515,37 +3514,37 @@ Typical usage is:</p></div>
     exit 1

 }</tt></pre>

 </div></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>See also <em>error</em>.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>See also <a href="#_error"><strong><tt>error</tt></strong></a>.</p></div>

 </div>

 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_eval">eval</h3>

-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>eval</strong> <em>arg ?arg &#8230;?</em></tt></p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>eval</em> takes one or more arguments, which together comprise a Tcl

+<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>eval</strong> <em>arg ?arg...?</em></tt></p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p><a href="#_eval"><strong><tt>eval</tt></strong></a> takes one or more arguments, which together comprise a Tcl

 command (or collection of Tcl commands separated by newlines in the

-usual way).  <em>eval</em> concatenates all its arguments in the same

-fashion as the <em>concat</em> command, passes the concatenated string to the

+usual way).  <a href="#_eval"><strong><tt>eval</tt></strong></a> concatenates all its arguments in the same

+fashion as the <a href="#_concat"><strong><tt>concat</tt></strong></a> command, passes the concatenated string to the

 Tcl interpreter recursively, and returns the result of that

 evaluation (or any error generated by it).</p></div>

 </div>

 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_exec">exec</h3>

-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>exec</strong> <em>arg ?arg &#8230;?</em></tt></p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>exec</strong> <em>arg ?arg...?</em></tt></p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>This command treats its arguments as the specification

 of one or more UNIX commands to execute as subprocesses.

 The commands take the form of a standard shell pipeline;

-<em>|</em> arguments separate commands in the

+<tt>|</tt> arguments separate commands in the

 pipeline and cause standard output of the preceding command

-to be piped into standard input of the next command (or <em>|&amp;</em> for

+to be piped into standard input of the next command (or <tt>|&amp;</tt> for

 both standard output and standard error).</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>Under normal conditions the result of the <em>exec</em> command

+<div class="paragraph"><p>Under normal conditions the result of the <a href="#_exec"><strong><tt>exec</tt></strong></a> command

 consists of the standard output produced by the last command

 in the pipeline.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>If any of the commands in the pipeline exit abnormally or

-are killed or suspended, then <em>exec</em> will return an error

+are killed or suspended, then <a href="#_exec"><strong><tt>exec</tt></strong></a> will return an error

 and the error message will include the pipeline&#8217;s output followed by

 error messages describing the abnormal terminations.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>If any of the commands writes to its standard error file,

-then <em>exec</em> will return an error, and the error message

+then <a href="#_exec"><strong><tt>exec</tt></strong></a> will return an error, and the error message

 will include the pipeline&#8217;s output, followed by messages

 about abnormal terminations (if any), followed by the standard error

 output.</p></div>

@@ -3553,7 +3552,7 @@ output.</p></div>
 is a newline then that character is deleted from the result

 or error message for consistency with normal

 Tcl return values.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>An <strong>arg</strong> may have one of the following special forms:</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>An <tt><em>arg</em></tt> may have one of the following special forms:</p></div>

 <div class="dlist"><dl>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

 <tt>&gt;filename</tt>

@@ -3561,7 +3560,7 @@ Tcl return values.</p></div>
 <dd>

 <p>

     The standard output of the last command in the pipeline

-    is redirected to the file.  In this situation <em>exec</em>

+    is redirected to the file.  In this situation <a href="#_exec"><strong><tt>exec</tt></strong></a>

     will normally return an empty string.

 </p>

 </dd>

@@ -3580,7 +3579,7 @@ Tcl return values.</p></div>
 <p>

     The standard output of the last command in the pipeline is

     redirected to the given (writable) file descriptor (e.g. stdout,

-    stderr, or the result of <em>open</em>). In this situation <em>exec</em>

+    stderr, or the result of <a href="#_open"><strong><tt>open</tt></strong></a>). In this situation <a href="#_exec"><strong><tt>exec</tt></strong></a>

     will normally return an empty string.

 </p>

 </dd>

@@ -3667,7 +3666,7 @@ Tcl return values.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>If there is no redirection of standard input, standard error

 or standard output, these are connected to the corresponding

 input or output of the application.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>If the last <strong>arg</strong> is <em>&amp;</em> then the command will be

+<div class="paragraph"><p>If the last <tt><em>arg</em></tt> is <tt>&amp;</tt> then the command will be

 executed in background.

 In this case the standard output from the last command

 in the pipeline will

@@ -3676,16 +3675,16 @@ redirected in the command, and error output from all
 the commands in the pipeline will go to the application&#8217;s

 standard error file. The return value of exec in this case

 is a list of process ids (pids) in the pipeline.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>Each <strong>arg</strong> becomes one word for a command, except for

-<em>|</em>, <em>&lt;</em>, <em>&lt;&lt;</em>, <em>&gt;</em>, and <em>&amp;</em> arguments, and the

-arguments that follow <em>&lt;</em>, <em>&lt;&lt;</em>, and <em>&gt;</em>.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>Each <tt><em>arg</em></tt> becomes one word for a command, except for

+<tt>|</tt>, <tt>&lt;</tt>, <tt>&lt;&lt;</tt>, <tt>&gt;</tt>, and <tt>&amp;</tt> arguments, and the

+arguments that follow <tt>&lt;</tt>, <tt>&lt;&lt;</tt>, and <tt>&gt;</tt>.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>The first word in each command is taken as the command name;

 the directories in the PATH environment variable are searched for

 an executable by the given name.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>No <em>glob</em> expansion or other shell-like substitutions

+<div class="paragraph"><p>No <a href="#_glob"><strong><tt>glob</tt></strong></a> expansion or other shell-like substitutions

 are performed on the arguments to commands.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>If the command fails, the global $::errorCode (and the -errorcode

-option in <em>catch</em>) will be set to a list, as follows:</p></div>

+option in <a href="#_catch"><strong><tt>catch</tt></strong></a>) will be set to a list, as follows:</p></div>

 <div class="dlist"><dl>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

 <tt><strong>CHILDKILLED</strong> <em>pid sigName msg</em></tt>

@@ -3737,25 +3736,25 @@ this variable is unset, in which case the original environment is used).</p></di
 <div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>exists ?-var|-proc|-command?</strong> <em>name</em></tt></p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>Checks the existence of the given variable, procedure or command

 respectively and returns 1 if it exists or 0 if not.  This command

-provides a more simplified/convenient version of <em>info exists</em>,

-<em>info procs</em> and <em>info commands</em>.</p></div>

+provides a more simplified/convenient version of <a href="#_info"><strong><tt>info</tt></strong></a> <tt>exists</tt>,

+<a href="#_info"><strong><tt>info</tt></strong></a> <tt>procs</tt> and <a href="#_info"><strong><tt>info</tt></strong></a> <tt>commands</tt>.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>If the type is omitted, a type of <em>-var</em> is used. The type may be abbreviated.</p></div>

 </div>

 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_exit">exit</h3>

 <div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>exit</strong> <em>?returnCode?</em></tt></p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>Terminate the process, returning <strong>returnCode</strong> to the

+<div class="paragraph"><p>Terminate the process, returning <tt><em>returnCode</em></tt> to the

 parent as the exit status.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>If <strong>returnCode</strong> isn&#8217;t specified then it defaults

+<div class="paragraph"><p>If <tt><em>returnCode</em></tt> isn&#8217;t specified then it defaults

 to 0.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>Note that exit can be caught with <strong>catch</strong>.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>Note that exit can be caught with <a href="#_catch"><strong><tt>catch</tt></strong></a>.</p></div>

 </div>

 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_expr">expr</h3>

 <div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>expr</strong> <em>arg</em></tt></p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>Calls the expression processor to evaluate <strong>arg</strong>, and returns

+<div class="paragraph"><p>Calls the expression processor to evaluate <tt><em>arg</em></tt>, and returns

 the result as a string.  See the section EXPRESSIONS above.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>Note that Jim supports a shorthand syntax for <em>expr</em> as <tt>$(&#8230;)</tt>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>Note that Jim supports a shorthand syntax for <a href="#_expr"><strong><tt>expr</tt></strong></a> as <tt>$(...)</tt>

 The following two are identical.</p></div>

 <div class="literalblock">

 <div class="content">

@@ -3765,17 +3764,17 @@ set x $(3 * 2 + 1)</tt></pre>
 </div>

 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_file">file</h3>

-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>file</strong> <em>option name ?arg arg &#8230;?</em></tt></p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>Operate on a file or a file name.  <strong>name</strong> is the name of a file.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Option</strong> indicates what to do with the file name.  Any unique

-abbreviation for <strong>option</strong> is acceptable.  The valid options are:</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>file</strong> <em>option name ?arg...?</em></tt></p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>Operate on a file or a file name.  <tt><em>name</em></tt> is the name of a file.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><em>option</em></tt> indicates what to do with the file name.  Any unique

+abbreviation for <tt><em>option</em></tt> is acceptable.  The valid options are:</p></div>

 <div class="dlist"><dl>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

 <tt><strong>file atime</strong> <em>name</em></tt>

 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    Return a decimal string giving the time at which file <strong>name</strong>

+    Return a decimal string giving the time at which file <tt><em>name</em></tt>

     was last accessed.  The time is measured in the standard UNIX

     fashion as seconds from a fixed starting time (often January 1, 1970).

     If the file doesn&#8217;t exist or its access time cannot be queried then an

@@ -3787,18 +3786,18 @@ abbreviation for <strong>option</strong> is acceptable.  The valid options are:<
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    Copies file <strong>source</strong> to file <strong>target</strong>. The source file must exist.

-    The target file must not exist, unless <strong>-force</strong> is specified.

+    Copies file <tt><em>source</em></tt> to file <tt><em>target</em></tt>. The source file must exist.

+    The target file must not exist, unless <tt>-force</tt> is specified.

 </p>

 </dd>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

-<tt><strong>file delete ?-force?</strong> <em>name &#8230;</em></tt>

+<tt><strong>file delete ?-force?</strong> <em>name...</em></tt>

 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    Deletes file or directory <strong>name</strong>. If the file or directory doesn&#8217;t exist, nothing happens.

+    Deletes file or directory <tt><em>name</em></tt>. If the file or directory doesn&#8217;t exist, nothing happens.

     If it can&#8217;t be deleted, an error is generated. Non-empty directories will not be deleted

-    unless the <em>-force</em> options is given. In this case no errors will be generated, even

+    unless the <tt>-force</tt> options is given. In this case no errors will be generated, even

     if the file/directory can&#8217;t be deleted.

 </p>

 </dd>

@@ -3807,10 +3806,10 @@ abbreviation for <strong>option</strong> is acceptable.  The valid options are:<
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    Return all of the characters in <strong>name</strong> up to but not including

-    the last slash character.  If there are no slashes in <strong>name</strong>

-    then return <em>.</em> (a single dot).  If the last slash in <strong>name</strong> is its first

-    character, then return <em>/</em>.

+    Return all of the characters in <tt><em>name</em></tt> up to but not including

+    the last slash character.  If there are no slashes in <tt><em>name</em></tt>

+    then return <tt>.</tt> (a single dot).  If the last slash in <tt><em>name</em></tt> is its first

+    character, then return <tt>/</tt>.

 </p>

 </dd>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

@@ -3818,7 +3817,7 @@ abbreviation for <strong>option</strong> is acceptable.  The valid options are:<
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    Return <em>1</em> if file <strong>name</strong> is executable by

+    Return <em>1</em> if file <tt><em>name</em></tt> is executable by

     the current user, <em>0</em> otherwise.

 </p>

 </dd>

@@ -3827,7 +3826,7 @@ abbreviation for <strong>option</strong> is acceptable.  The valid options are:<
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    Return <em>1</em> if file <strong>name</strong> exists and the current user has

+    Return <em>1</em> if file <tt><em>name</em></tt> exists and the current user has

     search privileges for the directories leading to it, <em>0</em> otherwise.

 </p>

 </dd>

@@ -3836,8 +3835,8 @@ abbreviation for <strong>option</strong> is acceptable.  The valid options are:<
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    Return all of the characters in <strong>name</strong> after and including the

-    last dot in <strong>name</strong>.  If there is no dot in <strong>name</strong> then return

+    Return all of the characters in <tt><em>name</em></tt> after and including the

+    last dot in <tt><em>name</em></tt>.  If there is no dot in <tt><em>name</em></tt> then return

     the empty string.

 </p>

 </dd>

@@ -3846,7 +3845,7 @@ abbreviation for <strong>option</strong> is acceptable.  The valid options are:<
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    Return <em>1</em> if file <strong>name</strong> is a directory,

+    Return <em>1</em> if file <tt><em>name</em></tt> is a directory,

     <em>0</em> otherwise.

 </p>

 </dd>

@@ -3855,18 +3854,18 @@ abbreviation for <strong>option</strong> is acceptable.  The valid options are:<
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    Return <em>1</em> if file <strong>name</strong> is a regular file,

+    Return <em>1</em> if file <tt><em>name</em></tt> is a regular file,

     <em>0</em> otherwise.

 </p>

 </dd>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

-<tt><strong>file join</strong> <em>arg arg &#8230;</em></tt>

+<tt><strong>file join</strong> <em>arg...</em></tt>

 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

     Joins multiple path components. Note that if any components is

     an absolute path, the preceding components are ignored.

-    Thus <em>file join /tmp /root</em> returns <em>/root</em>.

+    Thus <tt>"<a href="#_file"><strong><tt>file</tt></strong></a> join /tmp /root"</tt> returns <tt>"/root"</tt>.

 </p>

 </dd>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

@@ -3874,22 +3873,22 @@ abbreviation for <strong>option</strong> is acceptable.  The valid options are:<
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    Same as <em>stat</em> option (see below) except uses the <strong>lstat</strong>

-    kernel call instead of <strong>stat</strong>.  This means that if <strong>name</strong>

-    refers to a symbolic link the information returned in <strong>varName</strong>

+    Same as <em>stat</em> option (see below) except uses the <tt><em>lstat</em></tt>

+    kernel call instead of <tt><em>stat</em></tt>.  This means that if <tt><em>name</em></tt>

+    refers to a symbolic link the information returned in <tt><em>varName</em></tt>

     is for the link rather than the file it refers to.  On systems that

     don&#8217;t support symbolic links this option behaves exactly the same

     as the <em>stat</em> option.

 </p>

 </dd>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

-<tt><strong>file mkdir</strong> <em>dir1 ?dir2? &#8230;</em></tt>

+<tt><strong>file mkdir</strong> <em>dir1 ?dir2...?</em></tt>

 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    Creates each directory specified. For each pathname <strong>dir</strong> specified,

+    Creates each directory specified. For each pathname <tt><em>dir</em></tt> specified,

     this command will create all non-existing parent directories

-    as well as <strong>dir</strong> itself. If an existing directory is specified,

+    as well as <tt><em>dir</em></tt> itself. If an existing directory is specified,

     then no action is taken and no error is returned. Trying to

     overwrite an existing file with a directory will result in an

     error.  Arguments are processed in the order specified, halting

@@ -3901,11 +3900,11 @@ abbreviation for <strong>option</strong> is acceptable.  The valid options are:<
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    Return a decimal string giving the time at which file <strong>name</strong>

+    Return a decimal string giving the time at which file <tt><em>name</em></tt>

     was last modified.  The time is measured in the standard UNIX

     fashion as seconds from a fixed starting time (often January 1, 1970).

     If the file doesn&#8217;t exist or its modified time cannot be queried then an

-    error is generated. If <strong>time</strong> is given, sets the modification time

+    error is generated. If <tt><em>time</em></tt> is given, sets the modification time

     of the file to the given value.

 </p>

 </dd>

@@ -3914,7 +3913,7 @@ abbreviation for <strong>option</strong> is acceptable.  The valid options are:<
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    Return the normalized path of <strong>name</strong>. See realpath(3).

+    Return the normalized path of <tt><em>name</em></tt>. See <em>realpath(3)</em>.

 </p>

 </dd>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

@@ -3922,7 +3921,7 @@ abbreviation for <strong>option</strong> is acceptable.  The valid options are:<
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    Return <em>1</em> if file <strong>name</strong> is owned by the current user,

+    Return <em>1</em> if file <tt><em>name</em></tt> is owned by the current user,

     <em>0</em> otherwise.

 </p>

 </dd>

@@ -3931,7 +3930,7 @@ abbreviation for <strong>option</strong> is acceptable.  The valid options are:<
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    Return <em>1</em> if file <strong>name</strong> is readable by

+    Return <em>1</em> if file <tt><em>name</em></tt> is readable by

     the current user, <em>0</em> otherwise.

 </p>

 </dd>

@@ -3940,9 +3939,9 @@ abbreviation for <strong>option</strong> is acceptable.  The valid options are:<
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    Returns the value of the symbolic link given by <strong>name</strong> (i.e. the

+    Returns the value of the symbolic link given by <tt><em>name</em></tt> (i.e. the

     name of the file it points to).  If

-    <strong>name</strong> isn&#8217;t a symbolic link or its value cannot be read, then

+    <tt><em>name</em></tt> isn&#8217;t a symbolic link or its value cannot be read, then

     an error is returned.  On systems that don&#8217;t support symbolic links

     this option is undefined.

 </p>

@@ -3960,9 +3959,9 @@ abbreviation for <strong>option</strong> is acceptable.  The valid options are:<
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    Return all of the characters in <strong>name</strong> up to but not including

-    the last <em>.</em> character in the name.  If <strong>name</strong> doesn&#8217;t contain

-    a dot, then return <strong>name</strong>.

+    Return all of the characters in <tt><em>name</em></tt> up to but not including

+    the last <em>.</em> character in the name.  If <tt><em>name</em></tt> doesn&#8217;t contain

+    a dot, then return <tt><em>name</em></tt>.

 </p>

 </dd>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

@@ -3970,7 +3969,7 @@ abbreviation for <strong>option</strong> is acceptable.  The valid options are:<
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    Return a decimal string giving the size of file <strong>name</strong> in bytes.

+    Return a decimal string giving the size of file <tt><em>name</em></tt> in bytes.

     If the file doesn&#8217;t exist or its size cannot be queried then an

     error is generated.

 </p>

@@ -3980,10 +3979,10 @@ abbreviation for <strong>option</strong> is acceptable.  The valid options are:<
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    Invoke the <em>stat</em> kernel call on <strong>name</strong>, and use the

-    variable given by <strong>varName</strong> to hold information returned from

+    Invoke the <em>stat</em> kernel call on <tt><em>name</em></tt>, and use the

+    variable given by <tt><em>varName</em></tt> to hold information returned from

     the kernel call.

-    <strong>VarName</strong> is treated as an array variable,

+    <tt><em>varName</em></tt> is treated as an array variable,

     and the following elements of that variable are set: <em>atime</em>,

     <em>ctime</em>, <em>dev</em>, <em>gid</em>, <em>ino</em>, <em>mode</em>, <em>mtime</em>,

     <em>nlink</em>, <em>size</em>, <em>type</em>, <em>uid</em>.

@@ -3991,7 +3990,7 @@ abbreviation for <strong>option</strong> is acceptable.  The valid options are:<
     the corresponding field from the <em>stat</em> return structure; see the

     manual entry for <em>stat</em> for details on the meanings of the values.

     The <em>type</em> element gives the type of the file in the same form

-    returned by the command <em>file type</em>.

+    returned by the command <a href="#_file"><strong><tt>file</tt></strong></a> <tt>type</tt>.

     This command returns an empty string.

 </p>

 </dd>

@@ -4000,8 +3999,8 @@ abbreviation for <strong>option</strong> is acceptable.  The valid options are:<
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    Return all of the characters in <strong>name</strong> after the last slash.

-    If <strong>name</strong> contains no slashes then return <strong>name</strong>.

+    Return all of the characters in <tt><em>name</em></tt> after the last slash.

+    If <tt><em>name</em></tt> contains no slashes then return <tt><em>name</em></tt>.

 </p>

 </dd>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

@@ -4009,8 +4008,8 @@ abbreviation for <strong>option</strong> is acceptable.  The valid options are:<
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    Creates and returns the name of a unique temporary file. If <strong>template</strong> is omitted, a

-    default template will be used to place the file in /tmp. See mkstemp(3) for

+    Creates and returns the name of a unique temporary file. If <tt><em>template</em></tt> is omitted, a

+    default template will be used to place the file in /tmp. See <em>mkstemp(3)</em> for

     the format of the template and security concerns.

 </p>

 </dd>

@@ -4019,9 +4018,9 @@ abbreviation for <strong>option</strong> is acceptable.  The valid options are:<
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    Returns a string giving the type of file <strong>name</strong>, which will be

-    one of <em>file</em>, <em>directory</em>, <em>characterSpecial</em>,

-    <em>blockSpecial</em>, <em>fifo</em>, <em>link</em>, or <em>socket</em>.

+    Returns a string giving the type of file <tt><em>name</em></tt>, which will be

+    one of <tt>file</tt>, <tt>directory</tt>, <tt>characterSpecial</tt>,

+    <tt>blockSpecial</tt>, <tt>fifo</tt>, <tt>link</tt>, or <tt>socket</tt>.

 </p>

 </dd>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

@@ -4029,25 +4028,29 @@ abbreviation for <strong>option</strong> is acceptable.  The valid options are:<
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    Return <em>1</em> if file <strong>name</strong> is writable by

+    Return <em>1</em> if file <tt><em>name</em></tt> is writable by

     the current user, <em>0</em> otherwise.

 </p>

 </dd>

 </dl></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>file</em> commands that return 0/1 results are often used in

+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <a href="#_file"><strong><tt>file</tt></strong></a> commands that return 0/1 results are often used in

 conditional or looping commands, for example:</p></div>

 <div class="literalblock">

 <div class="content">

-<pre><tt>if {![file exists foo]} then {error {bad file name}} else {...}</tt></pre>

+<pre><tt>if {![file exists foo]} {

+    error {bad file name}

+} else {

+    ...

+}</tt></pre>

 </div></div>

 </div>

 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_finalize">finalize</h3>

 <div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>finalize</strong> <em>reference ?command?</em></tt></p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>If <strong>command</strong> is omitted, returns the finalizer command for the given reference.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>Otherwise, sets a new finalizer command for the given reference. <strong>command</strong> may be

+<div class="paragraph"><p>If <tt><em>command</em></tt> is omitted, returns the finalizer command for the given reference.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>Otherwise, sets a new finalizer command for the given reference. <tt><em>command</em></tt> may be

 the empty string to remove the current finalizer.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>The reference must be a valid reference create with the <em>ref</em>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>The reference must be a valid reference create with the <a href="#_ref"><strong><tt>ref</tt></strong></a>

 command.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>See GARBAGE COLLECTION, REFERENCES, LAMBDA for more detail.</p></div>

 </div>

@@ -4055,157 +4058,157 @@ command.</p></div>
 <h3 id="_flush">flush</h3>

 <div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>flush</strong> <em>fileId</em></tt></p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p><tt><em>fileId</em> <strong>flush</strong></tt></p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>Flushes any output that has been buffered for <strong>fileId</strong>.  <strong>fileId</strong> must

-have been the return value from a previous call to <em>open</em>, or it may be

-<em>stdout</em> or <em>stderr</em> to access one of the standard I/O streams; it must

+<div class="paragraph"><p>Flushes any output that has been buffered for <tt><em>fileId</em></tt>.  <tt><em>fileId</em></tt> must

+have been the return value from a previous call to <a href="#_open"><strong><tt>open</tt></strong></a>, or it may be

+<tt>stdout</tt> or <tt>stderr</tt> to access one of the standard I/O streams; it must

 refer to a file that was opened for writing.  This command returns an

 empty string.</p></div>

 </div>

 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_for">for</h3>

 <div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>for</strong> <em>start test next body</em></tt></p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>For</em> is a looping command, similar in structure to the C <em>for</em> statement.

-The <strong>start</strong>, <strong>next</strong>, and <strong>body</strong> arguments must be Tcl command strings,

-and <strong>test</strong> is an expression string.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>for</em> command first invokes the Tcl interpreter to execute <strong>start</strong>.

-Then it repeatedly evaluates <strong>test</strong> as an expression; if the result is

-non-zero it invokes the Tcl interpreter on <strong>body</strong>, then invokes the Tcl

-interpreter on <strong>next</strong>, then repeats the loop.  The command terminates

-when <strong>test</strong> evaluates to 0.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>If a <em>continue</em> command is invoked within <strong>body</strong> then any remaining

-commands in the current execution of <strong>body</strong> are skipped; processing

-continues by invoking the Tcl interpreter on <strong>next</strong>, then evaluating

-<strong>test</strong>, and so on.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>If a <em>break</em> command is invoked within <strong>body</strong> or <strong>next</strong>, then the <em>for</em>

+<div class="paragraph"><p><a href="#_for"><strong><tt>for</tt></strong></a> is a looping command, similar in structure to the C <a href="#_for"><strong><tt>for</tt></strong></a> statement.

+The <tt><em>start</em></tt>, <tt><em>next</em></tt>, and <tt><em>body</em></tt> arguments must be Tcl command strings,

+and <tt><em>test</em></tt> is an expression string.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <a href="#_for"><strong><tt>for</tt></strong></a> command first invokes the Tcl interpreter to execute <tt><em>start</em></tt>.

+Then it repeatedly evaluates <tt><em>test</em></tt> as an expression; if the result is

+non-zero it invokes the Tcl interpreter on <tt><em>body</em></tt>, then invokes the Tcl

+interpreter on <tt><em>next</em></tt>, then repeats the loop.  The command terminates

+when <tt><em>test</em></tt> evaluates to 0.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>If a <a href="#_continue"><strong><tt>continue</tt></strong></a> command is invoked within <tt><em>body</em></tt> then any remaining

+commands in the current execution of <tt><em>body</em></tt> are skipped; processing

+continues by invoking the Tcl interpreter on <tt><em>next</em></tt>, then evaluating

+<tt><em>test</em></tt>, and so on.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>If a <a href="#_break"><strong><tt>break</tt></strong></a> command is invoked within <tt><em>body</em></tt> or <tt><em>next</em></tt>, then the <a href="#_for"><strong><tt>for</tt></strong></a>

 command will return immediately.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>The operation of <em>break</em> and <em>continue</em> are similar to the corresponding

+<div class="paragraph"><p>The operation of <a href="#_break"><strong><tt>break</tt></strong></a> and <a href="#_continue"><strong><tt>continue</tt></strong></a> are similar to the corresponding

 statements in C.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>For</em> returns an empty string.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p><a href="#_for"><strong><tt>for</tt></strong></a> returns an empty string.</p></div>

 </div>

 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_foreach">foreach</h3>

 <div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>foreach</strong> <em>varName list body</em></tt></p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>foreach</strong> <em>varList list ?varList2 list2 &#8230;? body</em></tt></p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>In this command, <strong>varName</strong> is the name of a variable, <strong>list</strong>

-is a list of values to assign to <strong>varName</strong>, and <strong>body</strong> is a

+<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>foreach</strong> <em>varList list ?varList2 list2 ...? body</em></tt></p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>In this command, <tt><em>varName</em></tt> is the name of a variable, <tt><em>list</em></tt>

+is a list of values to assign to <tt><em>varName</em></tt>, and <tt><em>body</em></tt> is a

 collection of Tcl commands.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>For each field in <strong>list</strong> (in order from left to right),<em>foreach</em> assigns

-the contents of the field to <strong>varName</strong> (as if the <em>lindex</em> command

+<div class="paragraph"><p>For each field in <tt><em>list</em></tt> (in order from left to right), <a href="#_foreach"><strong><tt>foreach</tt></strong></a> assigns

+the contents of the field to <tt><em>varName</em></tt> (as if the <a href="#_lindex"><strong><tt>lindex</tt></strong></a> command

 had been used to extract the field), then calls the Tcl interpreter to

-execute <strong>body</strong>.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>If instead of being a simple name, <strong>varList</strong> is used, multiple assignments

-are made each time through the loop, one for each element of <strong>varList</strong>.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>For example, if there are two elements in <strong>varList</strong> and six elements in

+execute <tt><em>body</em></tt>.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>If instead of being a simple name, <tt><em>varList</em></tt> is used, multiple assignments

+are made each time through the loop, one for each element of <tt><em>varList</em></tt>.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>For example, if there are two elements in <tt><em>varList</em></tt> and six elements in

 the list, the loop will be executed three times.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>If the length of the list doesn&#8217;t evenly divide by the number of elements

-in <strong>varList</strong>, the value of the remaining variables in the last iteration

+in <tt><em>varList</em></tt>, the value of the remaining variables in the last iteration

 of the loop are undefined.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>break</em> and <em>continue</em> statements may be invoked inside <strong>body</strong>,

-with the same effect as in the <em>for</em> command.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>foreach</em> returns an empty string.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <a href="#_break"><strong><tt>break</tt></strong></a> and <a href="#_continue"><strong><tt>continue</tt></strong></a> statements may be invoked inside <tt><em>body</em></tt>,

+with the same effect as in the <a href="#_for"><strong><tt>for</tt></strong></a> command.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p><a href="#_foreach"><strong><tt>foreach</tt></strong></a> returns an empty string.</p></div>

 </div>

 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_format">format</h3>

-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>format</strong> <em>formatString ?arg arg &#8230;?</em></tt></p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>format</strong> <em>formatString ?arg ...?</em></tt></p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>This command generates a formatted string in the same way as the

 C <em>sprintf</em> procedure (it uses <em>sprintf</em> in its

-implementation).  <strong>FormatString</strong> indicates how to format

-the result, using <em>%</em> fields as in <em>sprintf</em>, and the additional

+implementation).  <tt><em>formatString</em></tt> indicates how to format

+the result, using <tt>%</tt> fields as in <em>sprintf</em>, and the additional

 arguments, if any, provide values to be substituted into the result.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>All of the <em>sprintf</em> options are valid; see the <em>sprintf</em>

-man page for details.  Each <strong>arg</strong> must match the expected type

-from the <em>%</em> field in <strong>formatString</strong>; the <em>format</em> command

+man page for details.  Each <tt><em>arg</em></tt> must match the expected type

+from the <tt>%</tt> field in <tt><em>formatString</em></tt>; the <a href="#_format"><strong><tt>format</tt></strong></a> command

 converts each argument to the correct type (floating, integer, etc.)

 before passing it to <em>sprintf</em> for formatting.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>The only unusual conversion is for <em>%c</em>; in this case the argument

+<div class="paragraph"><p>The only unusual conversion is for <tt>%c</tt>; in this case the argument

 must be a decimal string, which will then be converted to the corresponding

 ASCII character value.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Format</em> does backslash substitution on its <strong>formatString</strong>

-argument, so backslash sequences in <strong>formatString</strong> will be handled

+<div class="paragraph"><p><a href="#_format"><strong><tt>format</tt></strong></a> does backslash substitution on its <tt><em>formatString</em></tt>

+argument, so backslash sequences in <tt><em>formatString</em></tt> will be handled

 correctly even if the argument is in braces.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>The return value from <em>format</em> is the formatted string.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>The return value from <a href="#_format"><strong><tt>format</tt></strong></a> is the formatted string.</p></div>

 </div>

 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_getref">getref</h3>

 <div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>getref</strong> <em>reference</em></tt></p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>Returns the string associated with <strong>reference</strong>. The reference must

-be a valid reference create with the <em>ref</em> command.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>Returns the string associated with <tt><em>reference</em></tt>. The reference must

+be a valid reference create with the <a href="#_ref"><strong><tt>ref</tt></strong></a> command.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>See GARBAGE COLLECTION, REFERENCES, LAMBDA for more detail.</p></div>

 </div>

 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_gets">gets</h3>

 <div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>gets</strong> <em>fileId ?varName?</em></tt></p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p><tt><em>fileId</em> <strong>gets</strong> <em>?varName?</em></tt></p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>Reads the next line from the file given by <strong>fileId</strong> and discards

+<div class="paragraph"><p>Reads the next line from the file given by <tt><em>fileId</em></tt> and discards

 the terminating newline character.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>If <strong>varName</strong> is specified, then the line is placed in the variable

+<div class="paragraph"><p>If <tt><em>varName</em></tt> is specified, then the line is placed in the variable

 by that name and the return value is a count of the number of characters

 read (not including the newline).</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>If the end of the file is reached before reading

-any characters then -1 is returned and <strong>varName</strong> is set to an

+any characters then -1 is returned and <tt><em>varName</em></tt> is set to an

 empty string.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>If <strong>varName</strong> is not specified then the return value will be

+<div class="paragraph"><p>If <tt><em>varName</em></tt> is not specified then the return value will be

 the line (minus the newline character) or an empty string if

 the end of the file is reached before reading any characters.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>An empty string will also be returned if a line contains no characters

-except the newline, so <em>eof</em> may have to be used to determine

+except the newline, so <a href="#_eof"><strong><tt>eof</tt></strong></a> may have to be used to determine

 what really happened.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>If the last character in the file is not a newline character, then

-<em>gets</em> behaves as if there were an additional newline character

+<a href="#_gets"><strong><tt>gets</tt></strong></a> behaves as if there were an additional newline character

 at the end of the file.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>fileId</strong> must be <em>stdin</em> or the return value from a previous

-call to <em>open</em>; it must refer to a file that was opened

+<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><em>fileId</em></tt> must be <tt>stdin</tt> or the return value from a previous

+call to <a href="#_open"><strong><tt>open</tt></strong></a>; it must refer to a file that was opened

 for reading.</p></div>

 </div>

 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_glob">glob</h3>

-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>glob</strong> ?<strong>-nocomplain</strong>? <em>pattern ?pattern &#8230;?</em></tt></p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>glob</strong> ?<strong>-nocomplain</strong>? <em>pattern ?pattern ...?</em></tt></p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>This command performs filename globbing, using csh rules.  The returned

-value from <em>glob</em> is the list of expanded filenames.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>If <em>-nocomplain</em> is specified as the first argument then an empty

+value from <a href="#_glob"><strong><tt>glob</tt></strong></a> is the list of expanded filenames.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>If <tt>-nocomplain</tt> is specified as the first argument then an empty

 list may be returned;  otherwise an error is returned if the expanded

-list is empty.  The <em>-nocomplain</em> argument must be provided

+list is empty.  The <tt>-nocomplain</tt> argument must be provided

 exactly: an abbreviation will not be accepted.</p></div>

 </div>

 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_global">global</h3>

-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>global</strong> <em>varName ?varName &#8230;?</em></tt></p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>global</strong> <em>varName ?varName ...?</em></tt></p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>This command is ignored unless a Tcl procedure is being interpreted.

-If so, then it declares each given <strong>varName</strong> to be a global variable

+If so, then it declares each given <tt><em>varName</em></tt> to be a global variable

 rather than a local one.  For the duration of the current procedure

 (and only while executing in the current procedure), any reference to

-<strong>varName</strong> will be bound to a global variable instead

+<tt><em>varName</em></tt> will be bound to a global variable instead

 of a local one.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>An alternative to using <em>global</em> is to use the <em>::</em> prefix

+<div class="paragraph"><p>An alternative to using <a href="#_global"><strong><tt>global</tt></strong></a> is to use the <tt>::</tt> prefix

 to explicitly name a variable in the global scope.</p></div>

 </div>

 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_if">if</h3>

-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>if</strong> <em>expr1</em> ?<strong>then</strong>? <em>body1</em> <strong>elseif</strong> <em>expr2</em> ?<strong>then</strong>? <em>body2</em> <strong>elseif</strong> &#8230; ?<strong>else</strong>? ?<em>bodyN</em>?</tt></p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>if</em> command evaluates <strong>expr1</strong> as an expression (in the same way

-that <em>expr</em> evaluates its argument).  The value of the expression must

-be numeric; if it is non-zero then <strong>body1</strong> is executed by passing it to

+<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>if</strong> <em>expr1</em> ?<strong>then</strong>? <em>body1</em> <strong>elseif</strong> <em>expr2</em> ?<strong>then</strong>? <em>body2</em> <strong>elseif</strong> ... ?<strong>else</strong>? ?<em>bodyN</em>?</tt></p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <a href="#_if"><strong><tt>if</tt></strong></a> command evaluates <tt><em>expr1</em></tt> as an expression (in the same way

+that <a href="#_expr"><strong><tt>expr</tt></strong></a> evaluates its argument).  The value of the expression must

+be numeric; if it is non-zero then <tt><em>body1</em></tt> is executed by passing it to

 the Tcl interpreter.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>Otherwise <strong>expr2</strong> is evaluated as an expression and if it is non-zero

-then <strong>body2</strong> is executed, and so on.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>If none of the expressions evaluates to non-zero then <strong>bodyN</strong> is executed.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>then</em> and <em>else</em> arguments are optional <em>noise words</em> to make the

+<div class="paragraph"><p>Otherwise <tt><em>expr2</em></tt> is evaluated as an expression and if it is non-zero

+then <tt><em>body2</em></tt> is executed, and so on.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>If none of the expressions evaluates to non-zero then <tt><em>bodyN</em></tt> is executed.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <tt>then</tt> and <tt>else</tt> arguments are optional "noise words" to make the

 command easier to read.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>There may be any number of <em>elseif</em> clauses, including zero.  <strong>bodyN</strong>

-may also be omitted as long as <em>else</em> is omitted too.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>There may be any number of <tt>elseif</tt> clauses, including zero.  <tt><em>bodyN</em></tt>

+may also be omitted as long as <tt>else</tt> is omitted too.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>The return value from the command is the result of the body script that

 was executed, or an empty string if none of the expressions was non-zero

-and there was no <strong>bodyN</strong>.</p></div>

+and there was no <tt><em>bodyN</em></tt>.</p></div>

 </div>

 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_incr">incr</h3>

 <div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>incr</strong> <em>varName ?increment?</em></tt></p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>Increment the value stored in the variable whose name is <strong>varName</strong>.

+<div class="paragraph"><p>Increment the value stored in the variable whose name is <tt><em>varName</em></tt>.

 The value of the variable must be integral.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>If <strong>increment</strong> is supplied then its value (which must be an

-integer) is added to the value of variable <strong>varName</strong>;  otherwise

-1 is added to <strong>varName</strong>.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>The new value is stored as a decimal string in variable <strong>varName</strong>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>If <tt><em>increment</em></tt> is supplied then its value (which must be an

+integer) is added to the value of variable <tt><em>varName</em></tt>;  otherwise

+1 is added to <tt><em>varName</em></tt>.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>The new value is stored as a decimal string in variable <tt><em>varName</em></tt>

 and also returned as result.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>If the variable does not exist, the variable is implicitly created

 and set to <tt>0</tt> first.</p></div>

@@ -4214,12 +4217,12 @@ and set to <tt>0</tt> first.</p></div>
 <h3 id="_info">info</h3>

 <div class="dlist"><dl>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

-<tt><strong>info</strong> <em>option ?arg arg &#8230;?</em></tt>

+<tt><strong>info</strong> <em>option ?arg...?</em></tt>

 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

 Provide information about various internals to the Tcl interpreter.

-The legal <strong>option</strong>'s (which may be abbreviated) are:

+The legal <tt><em>option</em></tt>'s (which may be abbreviated) are:

 </p>

 </dd>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

@@ -4228,7 +4231,7 @@ The legal <strong>option</strong>'s (which may be abbreviated) are:
 <dd>

 <p>

     Returns a list containing the names of the arguments to procedure

-    <strong>procname</strong>, in order.  <strong>Procname</strong> must be the name of a

+    <tt><em>procname</em></tt>, in order.  <tt><em>procname</em></tt> must be the name of a

     Tcl command procedure.

 </p>

 </dd>

@@ -4237,7 +4240,7 @@ The legal <strong>option</strong>'s (which may be abbreviated) are:
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    Returns the body of procedure <strong>procname</strong>.  <strong>Procname</strong> must be

+    Returns the body of procedure <tt><em>procname</em></tt>.  <tt><em>procname</em></tt> must be

     the name of a Tcl command procedure.

 </p>

 </dd>

@@ -4246,7 +4249,7 @@ The legal <strong>option</strong>'s (which may be abbreviated) are:
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    Returns a list of all open file handles from <em>open</em> or <em>socket</em>

+    Returns a list of all open file handles from <a href="#_open"><strong><tt>open</tt></strong></a> or <a href="#_socket"><strong><tt>socket</tt></strong></a>

 </p>

 </dd>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

@@ -4254,12 +4257,12 @@ The legal <strong>option</strong>'s (which may be abbreviated) are:
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    If <strong>pattern</strong> isn&#8217;t specified, returns a list of names of all the

+    If <tt><em>pattern</em></tt> isn&#8217;t specified, returns a list of names of all the

     Tcl commands, including both the built-in commands written in C and

-    the command procedures defined using the <em>proc</em> command.

-    If <strong>pattern</strong> is specified, only those names matching <strong>pattern</strong>

+    the command procedures defined using the <a href="#_proc"><strong><tt>proc</tt></strong></a> command.

+    If <tt><em>pattern</em></tt> is specified, only those names matching <tt><em>pattern</em></tt>

     are returned.  Matching is determined using the same rules as for

-    <em>string match</em>.

+    <a href="#_string"><strong><tt>string</tt></strong></a> <tt>match</tt>.

 </p>

 </dd>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

@@ -4267,13 +4270,13 @@ The legal <strong>option</strong>'s (which may be abbreviated) are:
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    Returns 1 if <strong>command</strong> is a complete Tcl command in the sense of

+    Returns 1 if <tt><em>command</em></tt> is a complete Tcl command in the sense of

     having no unclosed quotes, braces, brackets or array element names,

     If the command doesn&#8217;t appear to be complete then 0 is returned.

     This command is typically used in line-oriented input environments

     to allow users to type in commands that span multiple lines;  if the

     command isn&#8217;t complete, the script can delay evaluating it until additional

-    lines have been typed to complete the command. If <strong>varName</strong> is specified, the

+    lines have been typed to complete the command. If <tt><em>varName</em></tt> is specified, the

     missing character is stored in the variable with that name.

 </p>

 </dd>

@@ -4282,7 +4285,7 @@ The legal <strong>option</strong>'s (which may be abbreviated) are:
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    Returns <em>1</em> if the variable named <strong>varName</strong> exists in the

+    Returns <em>1</em> if the variable named <tt><em>varName</em></tt> exists in the

     current context (either as a global or local variable), returns <em>0</em>

     otherwise.

 </p>

@@ -4292,15 +4295,15 @@ The legal <strong>option</strong>'s (which may be abbreviated) are:
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    If <strong>number</strong> is not specified, this command returns a number

-    which is the same result as <em>info level</em> - the current stack frame level.

-    If <strong>number</strong> is specified, then the result is a list consisting of the procedure,

-    filename and line number for the procedure call at level <strong>number</strong> on the stack.

-    If <strong>number</strong> is positive then it selects a particular stack level (1 refers

+    If <tt><em>number</em></tt> is not specified, this command returns a number

+    which is the same result as <a href="#_info"><strong><tt>info</tt></strong></a> <tt>level</tt> - the current stack frame level.

+    If <tt><em>number</em></tt> is specified, then the result is a list consisting of the procedure,

+    filename and line number for the procedure call at level <tt><em>number</em></tt> on the stack.

+    If <tt><em>number</em></tt> is positive then it selects a particular stack level (1 refers

     to the top-most active procedure, 2 to the procedure it called, and

     so on); otherwise it gives a level relative to the current level

     (0 refers to the current procedure, -1 to its caller, and so on).

-    The level has an identical meaning to <em>info level</em>.

+    The level has an identical meaning to <a href="#_info"><strong><tt>info</tt></strong></a> <tt>level</tt>.

 </p>

 </dd>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

@@ -4308,11 +4311,11 @@ The legal <strong>option</strong>'s (which may be abbreviated) are:
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    If <strong>pattern</strong> isn&#8217;t specified, returns a list of all the names

+    If <tt><em>pattern</em></tt> isn&#8217;t specified, returns a list of all the names

     of currently-defined global variables.

-    If <strong>pattern</strong> is specified, only those names matching <strong>pattern</strong>

+    If <tt><em>pattern</em></tt> is specified, only those names matching <tt><em>pattern</em></tt>

     are returned.  Matching is determined using the same rules as for

-    <em>string match</em>.

+    <a href="#_string"><strong><tt>string</tt></strong></a> <tt>match</tt>.

 </p>

 </dd>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

@@ -4320,7 +4323,7 @@ The legal <strong>option</strong>'s (which may be abbreviated) are:
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    An alias for <em>os.gethostname</em> for compatibility with Tcl 6.x

+    An alias for <a href="#cmd_1"><strong><tt>os.gethostname</tt></strong></a> for compatibility with Tcl 6.x

 </p>

 </dd>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

@@ -4328,16 +4331,16 @@ The legal <strong>option</strong>'s (which may be abbreviated) are:
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    If <strong>number</strong> is not specified, this command returns a number

+    If <tt><em>number</em></tt> is not specified, this command returns a number

     giving the stack level of the invoking procedure, or 0 if the

-    command is invoked at top-level.  If <strong>number</strong> is specified,

+    command is invoked at top-level.  If <tt><em>number</em></tt> is specified,

     then the result is a list consisting of the name and arguments for the

-    procedure call at level <strong>number</strong> on the stack.  If <strong>number</strong>

+    procedure call at level <tt><em>number</em></tt> on the stack.  If <tt><em>number</em></tt>

     is positive then it selects a particular stack level (1 refers

     to the top-most active procedure, 2 to the procedure it called, and

     so on); otherwise it gives a level relative to the current level

     (0 refers to the current procedure, -1 to its caller, and so on).

-    See the <em>uplevel</em> command for more information on what stack

+    See the <a href="#_uplevel"><strong><tt>uplevel</tt></strong></a> command for more information on what stack

     levels mean.

 </p>

 </dd>

@@ -4346,12 +4349,12 @@ The legal <strong>option</strong>'s (which may be abbreviated) are:
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    If <strong>pattern</strong> isn&#8217;t specified, returns a list of all the names

+    If <tt><em>pattern</em></tt> isn&#8217;t specified, returns a list of all the names

     of currently-defined local variables, including arguments to the

-    current procedure, if any.  Variables defined with the <em>global</em>

-    and <em>upvar</em> commands will not be returned.  If <strong>pattern</strong> is

-    specified, only those names matching <strong>pattern</strong> are returned.

-    Matching is determined using the same rules as for <em>string match</em>.

+    current procedure, if any.  Variables defined with the <a href="#_global"><strong><tt>global</tt></strong></a>

+    and <a href="#_upvar"><strong><tt>upvar</tt></strong></a> commands will not be returned.  If <tt><em>pattern</em></tt> is

+    specified, only those names matching <tt><em>pattern</em></tt> are returned.

+    Matching is determined using the same rules as for <a href="#_string"><strong><tt>string</tt></strong></a> <tt>match</tt>.

 </p>

 </dd>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

@@ -4369,11 +4372,11 @@ The legal <strong>option</strong>'s (which may be abbreviated) are:
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    If <strong>pattern</strong> isn&#8217;t specified, returns a list of all the

+    If <tt><em>pattern</em></tt> isn&#8217;t specified, returns a list of all the

     names of Tcl command procedures.

-    If <strong>pattern</strong> is specified, only those names matching <strong>pattern</strong>

+    If <tt><em>pattern</em></tt> is specified, only those names matching <tt><em>pattern</em></tt>

     are returned.  Matching is determined using the same rules as for

-    <em>string match</em>.

+    <a href="#_string"><strong><tt>string</tt></strong></a> <tt>match</tt>.

 </p>

 </dd>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

@@ -4391,7 +4394,7 @@ The legal <strong>option</strong>'s (which may be abbreviated) are:
 <dd>

 <p>

     Returns a list representing the mapping of standard return codes

-    to names. e.g. <tt>{0 ok 1 error 2 return &#8230;}</tt>. If a code is given,

+    to names. e.g. <tt>{0 ok 1 error 2 return ...}</tt>. If a code is given,

     instead returns the name for the given code.

 </p>

 </dd>

@@ -4402,7 +4405,7 @@ The legal <strong>option</strong>'s (which may be abbreviated) are:
 <p>

     If a Tcl script file is currently being evaluated (i.e. there is a

     call to <em>Jim_EvalFile</em> active or there is an active invocation

-    of the <em>source</em> command), then this command returns the name

+    of the <a href="#_source"><strong><tt>source</tt></strong></a> command), then this command returns the name

     of the innermost file being processed.  Otherwise the command returns an

     empty string.

 </p>

@@ -4422,8 +4425,8 @@ The legal <strong>option</strong>'s (which may be abbreviated) are:
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    After an error is caught with <em>catch</em>, returns the stack trace as a list

-    of <tt>{procedure filename line &#8230;}</tt>.

+    After an error is caught with <a href="#_catch"><strong><tt>catch</tt></strong></a>, returns the stack trace as a list

+    of <tt>{procedure filename line ...}</tt>.

 </p>

 </dd>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

@@ -4431,7 +4434,7 @@ The legal <strong>option</strong>'s (which may be abbreviated) are:
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    Returns the version number for this version of Jim in the form <strong>x.yy</strong>.

+    Returns the version number for this version of Jim in the form <tt><strong>x.yy</strong></tt>.

 </p>

 </dd>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

@@ -4439,12 +4442,12 @@ The legal <strong>option</strong>'s (which may be abbreviated) are:
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    If <strong>pattern</strong> isn&#8217;t specified,

+    If <tt><em>pattern</em></tt> isn&#8217;t specified,

     returns a list of all the names of currently-visible variables, including

     both locals and currently-visible globals.

-    If <strong>pattern</strong> is specified, only those names matching <strong>pattern</strong>

+    If <tt><em>pattern</em></tt> is specified, only those names matching <tt><em>pattern</em></tt>

     are returned.  Matching is determined using the same rules as for

-    <em>string match</em>.

+    <a href="#_string"><strong><tt>string</tt></strong></a> <tt>match</tt>.

 </p>

 </dd>

 </dl></div>

@@ -4452,15 +4455,15 @@ The legal <strong>option</strong>'s (which may be abbreviated) are:
 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_join">join</h3>

 <div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>join</strong> <em>list ?joinString?</em></tt></p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>list</strong> argument must be a valid Tcl list.  This command returns the

-string formed by joining all of the elements of <strong>list</strong> together with

-<strong>joinString</strong> separating each adjacent pair of elements.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>joinString</strong> argument defaults to a space character.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <tt><em>list</em></tt> argument must be a valid Tcl list.  This command returns the

+string formed by joining all of the elements of <tt><em>list</em></tt> together with

+<tt><em>joinString</em></tt> separating each adjacent pair of elements.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <tt><em>joinString</em></tt> argument defaults to a space character.</p></div>

 </div>

 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_kill">kill</h3>

 <div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>kill</strong> ?<em>SIG</em>|<strong>-0</strong>? <em>pid</em></tt></p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>Sends the given signal to the process identified by <strong>pid</strong>.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>Sends the given signal to the process identified by <tt><em>pid</em></tt>.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>The signal may be specified by name or number in one of the following forms:</p></div>

 <div class="ulist"><ul>

 <li>

@@ -4490,40 +4493,45 @@ string formed by joining all of the elements of <strong>list</strong> together w
 </li>

 </ul></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>The signal name may be in either upper or lower case.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>The special signal name <em>-0</em> simply checks that a signal <strong>could</strong> be sent.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>The special signal name <tt>-0</tt> simply checks that a signal <tt><em>could</em></tt> be sent.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>If no signal is specified, SIGTERM is used.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>An error is raised if the signal could not be delivered.</p></div>

 </div>

 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_lambda_2">lambda</h3>

 <div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>lambda</strong> <em>args ?statics? body</em></tt></p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>lambda</em> command is identical to <em>proc</em>, except rather than

+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <a href="#_lambda"><strong><tt>lambda</tt></strong></a> command is identical to <a href="#_proc"><strong><tt>proc</tt></strong></a>, except rather than

 creating a named procedure, it creates an anonymous procedure and returns

 the name of the procedure.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>See <em>proc</em> and GARBAGE COLLECTION, REFERENCES, LAMBDA for more detail.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>See <a href="#_proc"><strong><tt>proc</tt></strong></a> and GARBAGE COLLECTION, REFERENCES, LAMBDA for more detail.</p></div>

 </div>

 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_lappend">lappend</h3>

-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>lappend</strong> <em>varName value ?value value &#8230;?</em></tt></p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>Treat the variable given by <strong>varName</strong> as a list and append each of

-the <strong>value</strong> arguments to that list as a separate element, with spaces

+<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>lappend</strong> <em>varName value ?value value ...?</em></tt></p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>Treat the variable given by <tt><em>varName</em></tt> as a list and append each of

+the <tt><em>value</em></tt> arguments to that list as a separate element, with spaces

 between elements.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>If <strong>varName</strong> doesn&#8217;t exist, it is created as a list with elements given

-by the <strong>value</strong> arguments. <em>lappend</em> is similar to <em>append</em> except that

-each <strong>value</strong> is appended as a list element rather than raw text.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>If <tt><em>varName</em></tt> doesn&#8217;t exist, it is created as a list with elements given

+by the <tt><em>value</em></tt> arguments. <a href="#_lappend"><strong><tt>lappend</tt></strong></a> is similar to <a href="#_append"><strong><tt>append</tt></strong></a> except that

+each <tt><em>value</em></tt> is appended as a list element rather than raw text.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>This command provides a relatively efficient way to build up large lists.

-For example, <em>lappend a $b</em> is much more efficient than</p></div>

+For example,</p></div>

+<div class="literalblock">

+<div class="content">

+<pre><tt>lappend a $b</tt></pre>

+</div></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>is much more efficient than</p></div>

 <div class="literalblock">

 <div class="content">

 <pre><tt>set a [concat $a [list $b]]</tt></pre>

 </div></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>when <em>$a</em> is long.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>when <tt>$a</tt> is long.</p></div>

 </div>

 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_lassign">lassign</h3>

-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>lassign</strong> <em>list varName ?varName? &#8230;</em></tt></p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>This command treats the value <strong>list</strong> as a list and assigns successive elements from that list to

-the variables given by the <strong>varName</strong> arguments in order. If there are more variable names than

+<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>lassign</strong> <em>list varName ?varName ...?</em></tt></p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>This command treats the value <tt><em>list</em></tt> as a list and assigns successive elements from that list to

+the variables given by the <tt><em>varName</em></tt> arguments in order. If there are more variable names than

 list elements, the remaining variables are set to the empty string. If there are more list ele-

 ments than variables, a list of unassigned elements is returned.</p></div>

 <div class="literalblock">

@@ -4536,15 +4544,15 @@ a=1,b=2</tt></pre>
 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_local">local</h3>

 <div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>local</strong> <em>args</em></tt></p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>Executes it&#8217;s arguments as a command (per <em>eval</em>) and considers the return

+<div class="paragraph"><p>Executes it&#8217;s arguments as a command (per <a href="#_eval"><strong><tt>eval</tt></strong></a>) and considers the return

 value to be a procedure name, which is marked as having local scope.

 This means that when the current procedure exits, the specified

-procedure is deleted. This can be useful with <em>lambda</em> or simply

+procedure is deleted. This can be useful with <a href="#_lambda"><strong><tt>lambda</tt></strong></a> or simply

 local procedures.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>In addition, if a command already exists with the same name,

 the existing command will be kept rather than deleted, and may be called

-via <em>upcall</em>. The previous command will be restored when the current

-command is deleted. See <em>upcall</em> for more details.</p></div>

+via <a href="#_upcall"><strong><tt>upcall</tt></strong></a>. The previous command will be restored when the current

+command is deleted. See <a href="#_upcall"><strong><tt>upcall</tt></strong></a> for more details.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>In this example, a local procedure is created. Note that the procedure

 continues to have global scope while it is active.</p></div>

 <div class="literalblock">

@@ -4582,52 +4590,52 @@ than waiting until garbage collection.</p></div>
 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_loop">loop</h3>

 <div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>loop</strong> <em>var first limit ?incr? body</em></tt></p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>Similar to <em>for</em> except simpler and possibly more efficient.

+<div class="paragraph"><p>Similar to <a href="#_for"><strong><tt>for</tt></strong></a> except simpler and possibly more efficient.

 With a positive increment, equivalent to:</p></div>

 <div class="literalblock">

 <div class="content">

 <pre><tt>for {set var $first} {$var &lt; $limit} {incr var $incr} $body</tt></pre>

 </div></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>If <strong>incr</strong> is not specified, 1 is used.

+<div class="paragraph"><p>If <tt><em>incr</em></tt> is not specified, 1 is used.

 Note that setting the loop variable inside the loop does not

 affect the loop count.</p></div>

 </div>

 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_lindex">lindex</h3>

 <div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>lindex</strong> <em>list index</em></tt></p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>Treats <strong>list</strong> as a Tcl list and returns element <strong>index</strong> from it

+<div class="paragraph"><p>Treats <tt><em>list</em></tt> as a Tcl list and returns element <tt><em>index</em></tt> from it

 (0 refers to the first element of the list).

-See STRING AND LIST INDEX SPECIFICATIONS for all allowed forms for <strong>index</strong>.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>In extracting the element, <strong>lindex</strong> observes the same rules concerning

+See STRING AND LIST INDEX SPECIFICATIONS for all allowed forms for <tt><em>index</em></tt>.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>In extracting the element, <tt><em>lindex</em></tt> observes the same rules concerning

 braces and quotes and backslashes as the Tcl command interpreter; however,

 variable substitution and command substitution do not occur.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>If <strong>index</strong> is negative or greater than or equal to the number of elements

-in <strong>value</strong>, then an empty string is returned.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>If <tt><em>index</em></tt> is negative or greater than or equal to the number of elements

+in <tt><em>value</em></tt>, then an empty string is returned.</p></div>

 </div>

 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_linsert">linsert</h3>

-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>linsert</strong> <em>list index element ?element element &#8230;?</em></tt></p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>This command produces a new list from <strong>list</strong> by inserting all

-of the <strong>element</strong> arguments just before the element <strong>index</strong>

-of <strong>list</strong>. Each <strong>element</strong> argument will become

-a separate element of the new list. If <strong>index</strong> is less than

+<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>linsert</strong> <em>list index element ?element element ...?</em></tt></p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>This command produces a new list from <tt><em>list</em></tt> by inserting all

+of the <tt><em>element</em></tt> arguments just before the element <tt><em>index</em></tt>

+of <tt><em>list</em></tt>. Each <tt><em>element</em></tt> argument will become

+a separate element of the new list. If <tt><em>index</em></tt> is less than

 or equal to zero, then the new elements are inserted at the

-beginning of the list. If <strong>index</strong> is greater than or equal

+beginning of the list. If <tt><em>index</em></tt> is greater than or equal

 to the number of elements in the list, then the new elements are

 appended to the list.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>See STRING AND LIST INDEX SPECIFICATIONS for all allowed forms for <strong>index</strong>.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>See STRING AND LIST INDEX SPECIFICATIONS for all allowed forms for <tt><em>index</em></tt>.</p></div>

 </div>

 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_list">list</h3>

-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>list</strong> <em>arg ?arg &#8230;?</em></tt></p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>This command returns a list comprised of all the arguments, <strong>arg</strong>. Braces

-and backslashes get added as necessary, so that the <em>index</em> command

+<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>list</strong> <em>arg ?arg ...?</em></tt></p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>This command returns a list comprised of all the arguments, <tt><em>arg</em></tt>. Braces

+and backslashes get added as necessary, so that the <a href="#_lindex"><strong><tt>lindex</tt></strong></a> command

 may be used on the result to re-extract the original arguments, and also

-so that <em>eval</em> may be used to execute the resulting list, with

-<strong>arg1</strong> comprising the command&#8217;s name and the other args comprising

-its arguments. <em>List</em> produces slightly different results than

-<em>concat</em>:  <em>concat</em> removes one level of grouping before forming

-the list, while <em>list</em> works directly from the original arguments.

+so that <a href="#_eval"><strong><tt>eval</tt></strong></a> may be used to execute the resulting list, with

+<tt><em>arg1</em></tt> comprising the command&#8217;s name and the other args comprising

+its arguments. <a href="#_list"><strong><tt>list</tt></strong></a> produces slightly different results than

+<a href="#_concat"><strong><tt>concat</tt></strong></a>:  <a href="#_concat"><strong><tt>concat</tt></strong></a> removes one level of grouping before forming

+the list, while <a href="#_list"><strong><tt>list</tt></strong></a> works directly from the original arguments.

 For example, the command</p></div>

 <div class="literalblock">

 <div class="content">

@@ -4638,7 +4646,7 @@ For example, the command</p></div>
 <div class="content">

 <pre><tt>a b {c d e} {f {g h}}</tt></pre>

 </div></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>while <em>concat</em> with the same arguments will return</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>while <a href="#_concat"><strong><tt>concat</tt></strong></a> with the same arguments will return</p></div>

 <div class="literalblock">

 <div class="content">

 <pre><tt>a b c d e f {g h}</tt></pre>

@@ -4647,14 +4655,14 @@ For example, the command</p></div>
 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_llength">llength</h3>

 <div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>llength</strong> <em>list</em></tt></p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>Treats <strong>list</strong> as a list and returns a decimal string giving

+<div class="paragraph"><p>Treats <tt><em>list</em></tt> as a list and returns a decimal string giving

 the number of elements in it.</p></div>

 </div>

 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_lset">lset</h3>

 <div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>lset</strong> <em>varName ?index ..? newValue</em></tt></p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>Sets an element in a list.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>lset</em> command accepts a parameter, <strong>varName</strong>, which it interprets

+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <a href="#_lset"><strong><tt>lset</tt></strong></a> command accepts a parameter, <tt><em>varName</em></tt>, which it interprets

 as the name of a variable containing a Tcl list. It also accepts

 zero or more indices into the list. Finally, it accepts a new value

 for an element of varName. If no indices are presented, the command

@@ -4665,19 +4673,19 @@ takes the form:</p></div>
 </div></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>In this case, newValue replaces the old value of the variable

 varName.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>When presented with a single index, the <em>lset</em> command

+<div class="paragraph"><p>When presented with a single index, the <a href="#_lset"><strong><tt>lset</tt></strong></a> command

 treats the content of the varName variable as a Tcl list. It addresses

 the index&#8217;th element in it (0 refers to the first element of the

-list). When interpreting the list, <em>lset</em> observes the same rules

+list). When interpreting the list, <a href="#_lset"><strong><tt>lset</tt></strong></a> observes the same rules

 concerning braces and quotes and backslashes as the Tcl command

 interpreter; however, variable substitution and command substitution

 do not occur. The command constructs a new list in which the

 designated element is replaced with newValue. This new list is

 stored in the variable varName, and is also the return value from

-the <em>lset</em> command.</p></div>

+the <a href="#_lset"><strong><tt>lset</tt></strong></a> command.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>If index is negative or greater than or equal to the number of

 elements in $varName, then an error occurs.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>See STRING AND LIST INDEX SPECIFICATIONS for all allowed forms for <strong>index</strong>.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>See STRING AND LIST INDEX SPECIFICATIONS for all allowed forms for <tt><em>index</em></tt>.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>If additional index arguments are supplied, then each argument is

 used in turn to address an element within a sublist designated by

 the previous indexing operation, allowing the script to alter

@@ -4686,18 +4694,18 @@ elements in sublists. The command,</p></div>
 <div class="content">

 <pre><tt>lset a 1 2 newValue</tt></pre>

 </div></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>replaces element 2 of sublist 1 with <strong>newValue</strong>.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>replaces element 2 of sublist 1 with <tt><em>newValue</em></tt>.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>The integer appearing in each index argument must be greater than

 or equal to zero. The integer appearing in each index argument must

 be strictly less than the length of the corresponding list. In other

-words, the <em>lset</em> command cannot change the size of a list. If an

+words, the <a href="#_lset"><strong><tt>lset</tt></strong></a> command cannot change the size of a list. If an

 index is outside the permitted range, an error is reported.</p></div>

 </div>

 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_lmap">lmap</h3>

 <div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>lmap</strong> <em>varName list body</em></tt></p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>lmap</strong> <em>varList list ?varList2 list2 &#8230;? body</em></tt></p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>lmap</em> is a "collecting <em>foreach</em>" which returns a list of its results.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>lmap</strong> <em>varList list ?varList2 list2 ...? body</em></tt></p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p><a href="#_lmap"><strong><tt>lmap</tt></strong></a> is a "collecting" <a href="#_foreach"><strong><tt>foreach</tt></strong></a> which returns a list of its results.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>For example:</p></div>

 <div class="literalblock">

 <div class="content">

@@ -4706,57 +4714,57 @@ index is outside the permitted range, an error is reported.</p></div>
 jim&gt; lmap a {1 2 3} b {A B C} {list $a $b}

 {1 A} {2 B} {3 C}</tt></pre>

 </div></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>If the body invokes <em>continue</em>, no value is added for this iteration.

-If the body invokes <em>break</em>, the loop ends and no more values are added.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>If the body invokes <a href="#_continue"><strong><tt>continue</tt></strong></a>, no value is added for this iteration.

+If the body invokes <a href="#_break"><strong><tt>break</tt></strong></a>, the loop ends and no more values are added.</p></div>

 </div>

 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_load">load</h3>

 <div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>load</strong> <em>filename</em></tt></p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>Loads the dynamic extension, <strong>filename</strong>. Generally the filename should have

-the extension <em>.so</em>. The initialisation function for the module must be based

+<div class="paragraph"><p>Loads the dynamic extension, <tt><em>filename</em></tt>. Generally the filename should have

+the extension <tt>.so</tt>. The initialisation function for the module must be based

 on the name of the file. For example loading <tt>hwaccess.so</tt> will invoke

-the initialisation function, <tt>Jim_hwaccessInit</tt>. Normally the <em>load</em> command

-should not be used directly. Instead it is invoked automatically by <em>package require</em>.</p></div>

+the initialisation function, <tt>Jim_hwaccessInit</tt>. Normally the <a href="#_load"><strong><tt>load</tt></strong></a> command

+should not be used directly. Instead it is invoked automatically by <a href="#_package"><strong><tt>package</tt></strong></a> <tt>require</tt>.</p></div>

 </div>

 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_lrange">lrange</h3>

 <div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>lrange</strong> <em>list first last</em></tt></p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>List</strong> must be a valid Tcl list. This command will return a new

-list consisting of elements <strong>first</strong> through <strong>last</strong>, inclusive.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>See STRING AND LIST INDEX SPECIFICATIONS for all allowed forms for <strong>first</strong> and <strong>last</strong>.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>If <strong>last</strong> is greater than or equal to the number of elements

-in the list, then it is treated as if it were <em>end</em>.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>If <strong>first</strong> is greater than <strong>last</strong> then an empty string

+<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><em>list</em></tt> must be a valid Tcl list. This command will return a new

+list consisting of elements <tt><em>first</em></tt> through <tt><em>last</em></tt>, inclusive.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>See STRING AND LIST INDEX SPECIFICATIONS for all allowed forms for <tt><em>first</em></tt> and <tt><em>last</em></tt>.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>If <tt><em>last</em></tt> is greater than or equal to the number of elements

+in the list, then it is treated as if it were <tt>end</tt>.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>If <tt><em>first</em></tt> is greater than <tt><em>last</em></tt> then an empty string

 is returned.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>Note: <em>lrange <strong>list first first</strong></em> does not always produce the

-same result as <em>lindex <strong>list first</strong></em> (although it often does

+<div class="paragraph"><p>Note: <tt>"<a href="#_lrange"><strong><tt>lrange</tt></strong></a> <em>list first first</em>"</tt> does not always produce the

+same result as <tt>"<a href="#_lindex"><strong><tt>lindex</tt></strong></a> <em>list first</em>"</tt> (although it often does

 for simple fields that aren&#8217;t enclosed in braces); it does, however,

-produce exactly the same results as <em>list [lindex <strong>list first</strong>]</em></p></div>

+produce exactly the same results as <tt>"<a href="#_list"><strong><tt>list</tt></strong></a> [<a href="#_lindex"><strong><tt>lindex</tt></strong></a> <em>list first</em>]"</tt></p></div>

 </div>

 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_lreplace">lreplace</h3>

-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>lreplace</strong> <em>list first last ?element element &#8230;?</em></tt></p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>lreplace</strong> <em>list first last ?element element ...?</em></tt></p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>Returns a new list formed by replacing one or more elements of

-<strong>list</strong> with the <strong>element</strong> arguments.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>First</strong> gives the index in <strong>list</strong> of the first element

+<tt><em>list</em></tt> with the <tt><em>element</em></tt> arguments.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><em>first</em></tt> gives the index in <tt><em>list</em></tt> of the first element

 to be replaced.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>If <strong>first</strong> is less than zero then it refers to the first

-element of <strong>list</strong>;  the element indicated by <strong>first</strong>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>If <tt><em>first</em></tt> is less than zero then it refers to the first

+element of <tt><em>list</em></tt>;  the element indicated by <tt><em>first</em></tt>

 must exist in the list.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Last</strong> gives the index in <strong>list</strong> of the last element

-to be replaced;  it must be greater than or equal to <strong>first</strong>.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>See STRING AND LIST INDEX SPECIFICATIONS for all allowed forms for <strong>first</strong> and <strong>last</strong>.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>element</strong> arguments specify zero or more new arguments to

+<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><em>last</em></tt> gives the index in <tt><em>list</em></tt> of the last element

+to be replaced;  it must be greater than or equal to <tt><em>first</em></tt>.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>See STRING AND LIST INDEX SPECIFICATIONS for all allowed forms for <tt><em>first</em></tt> and <tt><em>last</em></tt>.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <tt><em>element</em></tt> arguments specify zero or more new arguments to

 be added to the list in place of those that were deleted.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>Each <strong>element</strong> argument will become a separate element of

+<div class="paragraph"><p>Each <tt><em>element</em></tt> argument will become a separate element of

 the list.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>If no <strong>element</strong> arguments are specified, then the elements

-between <strong>first</strong> and <strong>last</strong> are simply deleted.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>If no <tt><em>element</em></tt> arguments are specified, then the elements

+between <tt><em>first</em></tt> and <tt><em>last</em></tt> are simply deleted.</p></div>

 </div>

 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_lrepeat">lrepeat</h3>

-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>lrepeat</strong> <em>number element1 ?element2 &#8230;?</em></tt></p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>Build a list by repeating elements <strong>number</strong> times (which must be

+<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>lrepeat</strong> <em>number element1 ?element2 ...?</em></tt></p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>Build a list by repeating elements <tt><em>number</em></tt> times (which must be

 a positive integer).</p></div>

 <div class="literalblock">

 <div class="content">

@@ -4777,18 +4785,18 @@ a b a b a b</tt></pre>
 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_lsearch">lsearch</h3>

 <div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>lsearch</strong> <em>?options? list pattern</em></tt></p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>This command searches the elements <strong>list</strong> to see if one of them matches <strong>pattern</strong>. If so, the

+<div class="paragraph"><p>This command searches the elements <tt><em>list</em></tt> to see if one of them matches <tt><em>pattern</em></tt>. If so, the

 command returns the index of the first matching element (unless the options -all, -inline or -bool are

 specified.) If not, the command returns -1. The option arguments indicates how the elements of

 the list are to be matched against pattern and must have one of the values below:</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Note</strong> that this command is different from Tcl in that default match type is <em>-exact</em> rather than <em>-glob</em>.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Note</strong> that this command is different from Tcl in that default match type is <tt>-exact</tt> rather than <tt>-glob</tt>.</p></div>

 <div class="dlist"><dl>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

 <tt><em>-exact</em></tt>

 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    <strong>pattern</strong> is a literal string that is compared for exact equality against each list element.

+    <tt><em>pattern</em></tt> is a literal string that is compared for exact equality against each list element.

     This is the default.

 </p>

 </dd>

@@ -4797,7 +4805,7 @@ the list are to be matched against pattern and must have one of the values below
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    <strong>pattern</strong> is a glob-style pattern which is matched against each list element using the same

+    <tt><em>pattern</em></tt> is a glob-style pattern which is matched against each list element using the same

     rules as the string match command.

 </p>

 </dd>

@@ -4806,8 +4814,8 @@ the list are to be matched against pattern and must have one of the values below
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    <strong>pattern</strong> is treated as a regular expression and matched against each list element using

-    the rules described by <em>regexp</em>.

+    <tt><em>pattern</em></tt> is treated as a regular expression and matched against each list element using

+    the rules described by <a href="#_regexp"><strong><tt>regexp</tt></strong></a>.

 </p>

 </dd>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

@@ -4816,7 +4824,7 @@ the list are to be matched against pattern and must have one of the values below
 <dd>

 <p>

     Changes the result to be the list of all matching indices (or all matching values if

-    <em>-inline</em> is specified as well). If indices are returned, the indices will be in numeric

+    <tt>-inline</tt> is specified as well). If indices are returned, the indices will be in numeric

     order. If values are returned, the order of the values will be the order of those values

     within the input list.

 </p>

@@ -4827,8 +4835,8 @@ the list are to be matched against pattern and must have one of the values below
 <dd>

 <p>

     The matching value is returned instead of its index (or an empty string if no value

-    matches). If <em>-all</em> is also specified, then the result of the command is the list of all

-    values that matched. The <em>-inline</em> and <em>-bool</em> options are mutually exclusive.

+    matches). If <tt>-all</tt> is also specified, then the result of the command is the list of all

+    values that matched. The <tt>-inline</tt> and +-bool' options are mutually exclusive.

 </p>

 </dd>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

@@ -4836,9 +4844,9 @@ the list are to be matched against pattern and must have one of the values below
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    Changes the result to <em>1</em> if a match was found, or <em>0</em> otherwise. If <em>-all</em> is also specified,

+    Changes the result to <em>1</em> if a match was found, or <em>0</em> otherwise. If <tt>-all</tt> is also specified,

     the result will be a list of <em>0</em> and <em>1</em> for each element of the list depending upon whether

-    the corresponding element matches. The <em>-inline</em> and <em>-bool</em> options are mutually exclusive.

+    the corresponding element matches. The <tt>-inline</tt> and <tt>-bool</tt> options are mutually exclusive.

 </p>

 </dd>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

@@ -4847,9 +4855,9 @@ the list are to be matched against pattern and must have one of the values below
 <dd>

 <p>

     This negates the sense of the match, returning the index (or value

-    if <em>-inline</em> is specified) of the first non-matching value in the

-    list. If <em>-bool</em> is also specified, the <em>0</em> will be returned if a

-    match is found, or <em>1</em> otherwise. If <em>-all</em> is also specified,

+    if <tt>-inline</tt> is specified) of the first non-matching value in the

+    list. If <tt>-bool</tt> is also specified, the <em>0</em> will be returned if a

+    match is found, or <em>1</em> otherwise. If <tt>-all</tt> is also specified,

     non-matches will be returned rather than matches.

 </p>

 </dd>

@@ -4866,22 +4874,22 @@ the list are to be matched against pattern and must have one of the values below
 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_lsort">lsort</h3>

 <div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>lsort</strong> ?<strong>-index</strong> <em>listindex</em>? ?<strong>-integer</strong>|<strong>-command</strong> <em>cmdname</em>? ?<strong>-decreasing</strong>|<strong>-increasing</strong>? <em>list</em></tt></p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>Sort the elements of <strong>list</strong>, returning a new list in sorted order.

+<div class="paragraph"><p>Sort the elements of <tt><em>list</em></tt>, returning a new list in sorted order.

 By default, ASCII sorting is used, with the result in increasing order.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>If <strong>-integer</strong> is specified, numeric sorting is used.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>If <strong>-command cmdname</strong> is specified, <strong>cmdname</strong> is treated as a command

-name. For each comparison, <strong>cmdname $value1 $value2</strong> is called which

+<div class="paragraph"><p>If <tt>-integer</tt> is specified, numeric sorting is used.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>If <tt>-command <em>cmdname</em></tt> is specified, <tt><em>cmdname</em></tt> is treated as a command

+name. For each comparison, <tt><em>cmdname $value1 $value2</tt></em> is called which

 should compare the values and return an integer less than, equal

-to, or greater than zero if the <strong>$value1</strong> is to be considered less

-than, equal to, or greater than <strong>$value2</strong>, respectively.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>If <strong>-decreasing</strong> is specified, the resulting list is in the opposite

-order to what it would be otherwise. <strong>-increasing</strong> is the default.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>If <strong>-index listindex</strong> is specified, each element of the list is treated as a list and

+to, or greater than zero if the <tt><em>$value1</em></tt> is to be considered less

+than, equal to, or greater than <tt><em>$value2</em></tt>, respectively.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>If <tt>-decreasing</tt> is specified, the resulting list is in the opposite

+order to what it would be otherwise. <tt>-increasing</tt> is the default.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>If <tt>-index <em>listindex</em></tt> is specified, each element of the list is treated as a list and

 the given index is extracted from the list for comparison. The list index may

-be any valid list index, such as <em>1</em>, <em>end</em> or <em>end-2</em>.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>If <strong>-index listindex</strong> is specified, each element of the list is treated as a list and

+be any valid list index, such as <tt>1</tt>, <tt>end</tt> or <tt>end-2</tt>.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>If <tt>-index <em>listindex</em></tt> is specified, each element of the list is treated as a list and

 the given index is extracted from the list for comparison. The list index may

-be any valid list index, such as <em>1</em>, <em>end</em> or <em>end-2</em>.</p></div>

+be any valid list index, such as <tt>1</tt>, <tt>end</tt> or <tt>end-2</tt>.</p></div>

 </div>

 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_open">open</h3>

@@ -4889,9 +4897,9 @@ be any valid list index, such as <em>1</em>, <em>end</em> or <em>end-2</em>.</p>
 <div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>open</strong> <em>|command-pipeline ?access?</em></tt></p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>Opens a file and returns an identifier

 that may be used in future invocations

-of commands like <em>read</em>, <em>puts</em>, and <em>close</em>.

-<strong>fileName</strong> gives the name of the file to open.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>access</strong> argument indicates the way in which the file is to be accessed.

+of commands like <a href="#_read"><strong><tt>read</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#_puts"><strong><tt>puts</tt></strong></a>, and <a href="#_close"><strong><tt>close</tt></strong></a>.

+<tt><em>fileName</em></tt> gives the name of the file to open.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <tt><em>access</em></tt> argument indicates the way in which the file is to be accessed.

 It may have any of the following values:</p></div>

 <div class="dlist"><dl>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

@@ -4903,7 +4911,7 @@ It may have any of the following values:</p></div>
 </p>

 </dd>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

-<tt>r</tt>+

+<tt>r\</tt>+

 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

@@ -4921,7 +4929,7 @@ It may have any of the following values:</p></div>
 </p>

 </dd>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

-<tt>w</tt>+

+<tt>w\</tt>+

 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

@@ -4939,7 +4947,7 @@ It may have any of the following values:</p></div>
 </p>

 </dd>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

-<tt>a</tt>+

+<tt>a\</tt>+

 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

@@ -4949,40 +4957,40 @@ It may have any of the following values:</p></div>
 </p>

 </dd>

 </dl></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Access</strong> defaults to <em>r</em>.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>If a file is opened for both reading and writing, then <em>seek</em>

+<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><em>access</em></tt> defaults to <em>r</em>.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>If a file is opened for both reading and writing, then <a href="#_seek"><strong><tt>seek</tt></strong></a>

 must be invoked between a read and a write, or vice versa.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>If the first character of <strong>fileName</strong> is "|" then the remaining

-characters of <strong>fileName</strong> are treated as a list of arguments that

+<div class="paragraph"><p>If the first character of <tt><em>fileName</em></tt> is "|" then the remaining

+characters of <tt><em>fileName</em></tt> are treated as a list of arguments that

 describe a command pipeline to invoke, in the same style as the

 arguments for exec. In this case, the channel identifier returned

 by open may be used to write to the command&#8217;s input pipe or read

-from its output pipe, depending on the value of <strong>access</strong>. If write-only

-access is used (e.g. <strong>access</strong> is <em>w</em>), then standard output for the

+from its output pipe, depending on the value of <tt><em>access</em></tt>. If write-only

+access is used (e.g. <tt><em>access</em></tt> is <em>w</em>), then standard output for the

 pipeline is directed to the current standard output unless overridden

-by the command. If read-only access is used (e.g. <strong>access</strong> is r),

+by the command. If read-only access is used (e.g. <tt><em>access</em></tt> is r),

 standard input for the pipeline is taken from the current standard

 input unless overridden by the command.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>pid</em> command may be used to return the process ids of the commands

+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <a href="#_pid"><strong><tt>pid</tt></strong></a> command may be used to return the process ids of the commands

 forming the command pipeline.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>See also <em>socket</em>, <em>pid</em>, <em>exec</em></p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>See also <a href="#_socket"><strong><tt>socket</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#_pid"><strong><tt>pid</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#_exec"><strong><tt>exec</tt></strong></a></p></div>

 </div>

 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_package">package</h3>

 <div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>package provide</strong> <em>name ?version?</em></tt></p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>Indicates that the current script provides the package named <strong>name</strong>.

+<div class="paragraph"><p>Indicates that the current script provides the package named <tt><em>name</em></tt>.

 If no version is specified, <em>1.0</em> is used.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>Any script which provides a package may include this statement

 as the first statement, although it is not required.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>package require</strong> <em>name ?version?</em>*</tt></p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>Searches for the package with the given <strong>name</strong> by examining each path

+<div class="paragraph"><p>Searches for the package with the given <tt><em>name</em></tt> by examining each path

 in <em>$::auto_path</em> and trying to load <em>$path/$name.so</em> as a dynamic extension,

 or <em>$path/$name.tcl</em> as a script package.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>The first such file which is found is considered to provide the the package.

 (The version number is ignored).</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>If <em>$name.so</em> exists, it is loaded with the <em>load</em> command,

-otherwise if <em>$name.tcl</em> exists it is loaded with the <em>source</em> command.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>If <em>load</em> or <em>source</em> fails, <em>package require</em> will fail immediately.

+<div class="paragraph"><p>If <em>$name.so</em> exists, it is loaded with the <a href="#_load"><strong><tt>load</tt></strong></a> command,

+otherwise if <em>$name.tcl</em> exists it is loaded with the <a href="#_source"><strong><tt>source</tt></strong></a> command.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>If <a href="#_load"><strong><tt>load</tt></strong></a> or <a href="#_source"><strong><tt>source</tt></strong></a> fails, <a href="#_package"><strong><tt>package</tt></strong></a> <tt>require</tt> will fail immediately.

 No further attempt will be made to locate the file.</p></div>

 </div>

 <div class="sect2">

@@ -4990,25 +4998,25 @@ No further attempt will be made to locate the file.</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>pid</strong></tt></p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>pid</strong> <em>fileId</em></tt></p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>The first form returns the process identifier of the current process.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>The second form accepts a handle returned by <em>open</em> and returns a list

-of the process ids forming the pipeline in the same form as <em>exec &#8230; &amp;</em>.

+<div class="paragraph"><p>The second form accepts a handle returned by <a href="#_open"><strong><tt>open</tt></strong></a> and returns a list

+of the process ids forming the pipeline in the same form as <a href="#_exec"><strong><tt>exec</tt></strong></a> <tt>... &amp;</tt>.

 If <em>fileId</em> represents a regular file handle rather than a command pipeline,

 the empty string is returned instead.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>See also <em>open</em>, <em>exec</em></p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>See also <a href="#_open"><strong><tt>open</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#_exec"><strong><tt>exec</tt></strong></a></p></div>

 </div>

 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_proc">proc</h3>

 <div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>proc</strong> <em>name args ?statics? body</em></tt></p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>proc</em> command creates a new Tcl command procedure, <strong>name</strong>.

-When the new command is invoked, the contents of <strong>body</strong> will be executed.

-Tcl interpreter. <strong>args</strong> specifies the formal arguments to the procedure.

-If specified, <strong>static</strong>, declares static variables which are bound to the

+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <a href="#_proc"><strong><tt>proc</tt></strong></a> command creates a new Tcl command procedure, <tt><em>name</em></tt>.

+When the new command is invoked, the contents of <tt><em>body</em></tt> will be executed.

+Tcl interpreter. <tt><em>args</em></tt> specifies the formal arguments to the procedure.

+If specified, <tt><em>static</em></tt>, declares static variables which are bound to the

 procedure.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>See PROCEDURES for detailed information about Tcl procedures.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>proc</em> command returns <strong>name</strong> (which is useful with <em>local</em>).</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <a href="#_proc"><strong><tt>proc</tt></strong></a> command returns <tt><em>name</em></tt> (which is useful with <a href="#_local"><strong><tt>local</tt></strong></a>).</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>When a procedure is invoked, the procedure&#8217;s return value is the

-value specified in a <em>return</em> command.  If the procedure doesn&#8217;t

-execute an explicit <em>return</em>, then its return value is the value

+value specified in a <a href="#_return"><strong><tt>return</tt></strong></a> command.  If the procedure doesn&#8217;t

+execute an explicit <a href="#_return"><strong><tt>return</tt></strong></a>, then its return value is the value

 of the last command executed in the procedure&#8217;s body.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>If an error occurs while executing the procedure body, then the

 procedure-as-a-whole will return that same error.</p></div>

@@ -5017,17 +5025,17 @@ procedure-as-a-whole will return that same error.</p></div>
 <h3 id="_puts">puts</h3>

 <div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>puts</strong> ?<strong>-nonewline</strong>? <em>?fileId? string</em></tt></p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p><tt><em>fileId</em> <strong>puts</strong> ?<strong>-nonewline</strong>? <em>string</em></tt></p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>Writes the characters given by <strong>string</strong> to the file given

-by <strong>fileId</strong>. <strong>fileId</strong> must have been the return

-value from a previous call to <em>open</em>, or it may be

-<em>stdout</em> or <em>stderr</em> to refer to one of the standard I/O

+<div class="paragraph"><p>Writes the characters given by <tt><em>string</em></tt> to the file given

+by <tt><em>fileId</em></tt>. <tt><em>fileId</em></tt> must have been the return

+value from a previous call to <a href="#_open"><strong><tt>open</tt></strong></a>, or it may be

+<tt>stdout</tt> or <tt>stderr</tt> to refer to one of the standard I/O

 channels; it must refer to a file that was opened for

 writing.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>In the first form, if no <strong>fileId</strong> is specified then it defaults to <em>stdout</em>.

-<em>puts</em> normally outputs a newline character after <strong>string</strong>,

-but this feature may be suppressed by specifying the <em>-nonewline</em>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>In the first form, if no <tt><em>fileId</em></tt> is specified then it defaults to <tt>stdout</tt>.

+<a href="#_puts"><strong><tt>puts</tt></strong></a> normally outputs a newline character after <tt><em>string</em></tt>,

+but this feature may be suppressed by specifying the <tt>-nonewline</tt>

 switch.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>Output to files is buffered internally by Tcl; the <em>flush</em>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>Output to files is buffered internally by Tcl; the <a href="#_flush"><strong><tt>flush</tt></strong></a>

 command may be used to force buffered characters to be output.</p></div>

 </div>

 <div class="sect2">

@@ -5038,15 +5046,15 @@ command may be used to force buffered characters to be output.</p></div>
 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_rand">rand</h3>

 <div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>rand</strong> <em>?min? ?max?</em></tt></p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>Returns a random integer between <strong>min</strong> (defaults to 0) and <strong>max</strong>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>Returns a random integer between <tt><em>min</em></tt> (defaults to 0) and <tt><em>max</em></tt>

 (defaults to the maximum integer).</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>If only one argument is given, it is interpreted as <strong>max</strong>.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>If only one argument is given, it is interpreted as <tt><em>max</em></tt>.</p></div>

 </div>

 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_range">range</h3>

 <div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>range</strong> <em>?start? end ?step?</em></tt></p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>Returns a list of integers starting at <strong>start</strong> (defaults to 0)

-and ranging up to but not including <strong>end</strong> in steps of <strong>step</strong> defaults to 1).</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>Returns a list of integers starting at <tt><em>start</em></tt> (defaults to 0)

+and ranging up to but not including <tt><em>end</em></tt> in steps of <tt><em>step</em></tt> defaults to 1).</p></div>

 <div class="literalblock">

 <div class="content">

 <pre><tt>jim&gt; range 5

@@ -5066,42 +5074,42 @@ jim&gt; range 7 4 -2
 <div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>read</strong> <em>fileId numBytes</em></tt></p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p><tt><em>fileId</em> <strong>read</strong> <em>numBytes</em></tt></p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>In the first form, all of the remaining bytes are read from the file

-given by <strong>fileId</strong>; they are returned as the result of the command.

-If the <em>-nonewline</em> switch is specified then the last

+given by <tt><em>fileId</em></tt>; they are returned as the result of the command.

+If the <tt>-nonewline</tt> switch is specified then the last

 character of the file is discarded if it is a newline.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>In the second form, the extra argument specifies how many bytes to read;

 exactly this many bytes will be read and returned, unless there are fewer than

-<strong>numBytes</strong> bytes left in the file; in this case, all the remaining

+<tt><em>numBytes</em></tt> bytes left in the file; in this case, all the remaining

 bytes are returned.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>fileId</strong> must be <em>stdin</em> or the return value from a previous call

-to <em>open</em>; it must refer to a file that was opened for reading.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><em>fileId</em></tt> must be <tt>stdin</tt> or the return value from a previous call

+to <a href="#_open"><strong><tt>open</tt></strong></a>; it must refer to a file that was opened for reading.</p></div>

 </div>

 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_regexp">regexp</h3>

-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>regexp ?-nocase? ?-line? ?-indices? ?-start</strong> <em>offset</em>? <strong>?-all? ?-inline? ?--?</strong> <em>exp string ?matchVar? ?subMatchVar subMatchVar &#8230;?</em></tt></p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>Determines whether the regular expression <strong>exp</strong> matches part or

-all of <strong>string</strong> and returns 1 if it does, 0 if it doesn&#8217;t.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>regexp ?-nocase? ?-line? ?-indices? ?-start</strong> <em>offset</em>? <strong>?-all? ?-inline? ?--?</strong> <em>exp string ?matchVar? ?subMatchVar subMatchVar ...?</em></tt></p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>Determines whether the regular expression <tt><em>exp</em></tt> matches part or

+all of <tt><em>string</em></tt> and returns 1 if it does, 0 if it doesn&#8217;t.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>See REGULAR EXPRESSIONS above for complete information on the

-syntax of <strong>exp</strong> and how it is matched against <strong>string</strong>.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>If additional arguments are specified after <strong>string</strong> then they

+syntax of <tt><em>exp</em></tt> and how it is matched against <tt><em>string</em></tt>.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>If additional arguments are specified after <tt><em>string</em></tt> then they

 are treated as the names of variables to use to return

-information about which part(s) of <strong>string</strong> matched <strong>exp</strong>.

-<strong>matchVar</strong> will be set to the range of <strong>string</strong> that

-matched all of <strong>exp</strong>. The first <strong>subMatchVar</strong> will contain

-the characters in <strong>string</strong> that matched the leftmost parenthesized

-subexpression within <strong>exp</strong>, the next <strong>subMatchVar</strong> will

+information about which part(s) of <tt><em>string</em></tt> matched <tt><em>exp</em></tt>.

+<tt><em>matchVar</em></tt> will be set to the range of <tt><em>string</em></tt> that

+matched all of <tt><em>exp</em></tt>. The first <tt><em>subMatchVar</em></tt> will contain

+the characters in <tt><em>string</em></tt> that matched the leftmost parenthesized

+subexpression within <tt><em>exp</em></tt>, the next <tt><em>subMatchVar</em></tt> will

 contain the characters that matched the next parenthesized

-subexpression to the right in <strong>exp</strong>, and so on.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>Normally, <strong>matchVar</strong> and the each <strong>subMatchVar</strong> are set to hold the

-matching characters from <em>string</em>, however see <em>-indices</em> and

-<em>-inline</em> below.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>If there are more values for <strong>subMatchVar</strong> than parenthesized subexpressions

-within <strong>exp</strong>, or if a particular subexpression in <strong>exp</strong> doesn&#8217;t

+subexpression to the right in <tt><em>exp</em></tt>, and so on.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>Normally, <tt><em>matchVar</em></tt> and the each <tt><em>subMatchVar</em></tt> are set to hold the

+matching characters from <a href="#_string"><strong><tt>string</tt></strong></a>, however see <tt>-indices</tt> and

+<tt>-inline</tt> below.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>If there are more values for <tt><em>subMatchVar</em></tt> than parenthesized subexpressions

+within <tt><em>exp</em></tt>, or if a particular subexpression in <tt><em>exp</em></tt> doesn&#8217;t

 match the string (e.g. because it was in a portion of the expression

-that wasn&#8217;t matched), then the corresponding <strong>subMatchVar</strong> will be

-set to <em>"-1 -1"</em> if <em>-indices</em> has been specified or to an empty

+that wasn&#8217;t matched), then the corresponding <tt><em>subMatchVar</em></tt> will be

+set to <tt>"-1 -1"</tt> if <tt>-indices</tt> has been specified or to an empty

 string otherwise.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>The following switches modify the behaviour of <strong>regexp</strong></p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>The following switches modify the behaviour of <tt><em>regexp</em></tt></p></div>

 <div class="dlist"><dl>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

 <tt><strong>-nocase</strong></tt>

@@ -5119,10 +5127,10 @@ string otherwise.</p></div>
 <p>

     Use newline-sensitive matching. By default, newline

     is a completely ordinary character with no special meaning in

-    either REs or strings. With this flag, <em>[<sup></em> bracket expressions

-    and <em>.</em> never match newline, a <em></sup></em> anchor matches the null

+    either REs or strings. With this flag, <tt>[<sup></tt> bracket expressions

+    and <tt>.</tt> never match newline, a <tt></sup></tt> anchor matches the null

     string after any newline in the string in addition to its normal

-    function, and the <em>$</em> anchor matches the null string before any

+    function, and the <tt>$</tt> anchor matches the null string before any

     newline in the string in addition to its normal function.

 </p>

 </dd>

@@ -5144,9 +5152,9 @@ string otherwise.</p></div>
 <dd>

 <p>

     Specifies a character index offset into the string at which to start

-    matching the regular expression. If <em>-indices</em> is

+    matching the regular expression. If <tt>-indices</tt> is

     specified, the indices will be indexed starting from the

-    absolute beginning of the input string. <strong>offset</strong> will be

+    absolute beginning of the input string. <tt><em>offset</em></tt> will be

     constrained to the bounds of the input string.

 </p>

 </dd>

@@ -5167,8 +5175,8 @@ string otherwise.</p></div>
 <dd>

 <p>

     Causes the command to return, as a list, the data that would otherwise

-    be placed in match variables. When using <em>-inline</em>, match variables

-    may not be specified. If used with <em>-all</em>, the list will be concatenated

+    be placed in match variables. When using <tt>-inline</tt>, match variables

+    may not be specified. If used with <tt>-all</tt>, the list will be concatenated

     at each iteration, such that a flat list is always returned. For

     each match iteration, the command will append the overall match

     data, plus one element for each subexpression in the regular

@@ -5181,7 +5189,7 @@ string otherwise.</p></div>
 <dd>

 <p>

     Marks the end of switches. The argument following this one will be

-    treated as <strong>exp</strong> even if it starts with a <tt>-</tt>.

+    treated as <tt><em>exp</em></tt> even if it starts with a <tt>-</tt>.

 </p>

 </dd>

 </dl></div>

@@ -5189,42 +5197,42 @@ string otherwise.</p></div>
 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_regsub">regsub</h3>

 <div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>regsub ?-nocase? ?-all? ?-line? ?-start</strong> <em>offset</em>? ?<strong>--</strong>? <em>exp string subSpec ?varName?</em></tt></p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>This command matches the regular expression <strong>exp</strong> against

-<strong>string</strong> using the rules described in REGULAR EXPRESSIONS

+<div class="paragraph"><p>This command matches the regular expression <tt><em>exp</em></tt> against

+<tt><em>string</em></tt> using the rules described in REGULAR EXPRESSIONS

 above.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>If <strong>varName</strong> is specified, the commands stores <strong>string</strong> to <strong>varName</strong>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>If <tt><em>varName</em></tt> is specified, the commands stores <tt><em>string</em></tt> to <tt><em>varName</em></tt>

 with the substitutions detailed below, and returns the number of

-substitutions made (normally 1 unless <em>-all</em> is specified).

+substitutions made (normally 1 unless <tt>-all</tt> is specified).

 This is 0 if there were no matches.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>If <strong>varName</strong> is not specified, the substituted string will be returned

+<div class="paragraph"><p>If <tt><em>varName</em></tt> is not specified, the substituted string will be returned

 instead.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>When copying <strong>string</strong>, the portion of <strong>string</strong> that

-matched <strong>exp</strong> is replaced with <strong>subSpec</strong>.

-If <strong>subSpec</strong> contains a <em>&amp;</em> or <em>\0</em>, then it is replaced

-in the substitution with the portion of <strong>string</strong> that

-matched <strong>exp</strong>.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>If <strong>subSpec</strong> contains a <em>\*n*</em>, where <strong>n</strong> is a digit

+<div class="paragraph"><p>When copying <tt><em>string</em></tt>, the portion of <tt><em>string</em></tt> that

+matched <tt><em>exp</em></tt> is replaced with <tt><em>subSpec</em></tt>.

+If <tt><em>subSpec</em></tt> contains a <tt>&amp;</tt> or <tt>\0</tt>, then it is replaced

+in the substitution with the portion of <tt><em>string</em></tt> that

+matched <tt><em>exp</em></tt>.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>If <tt><em>subSpec</em></tt> contains a <tt>\n</tt>, where <tt><em>n</em></tt> is a digit

 between 1 and 9, then it is replaced in the substitution with

-the portion of <strong>string</strong> that matched the <strong>n</strong>-th

-parenthesized subexpression of <strong>exp</strong>.

-Additional backslashes may be used in <strong>subSpec</strong> to prevent special

-interpretation of <em>&amp;</em> or <em>\0</em> or <em>\*n*</em> or

+the portion of <tt><em>string</em></tt> that matched the <tt><em>'+n</tt></em>'<tt>-th

+parenthesized subexpression of +<em>exp</em></tt>.

+Additional backslashes may be used in <tt><em>subSpec</em></tt> to prevent special

+interpretation of <tt>&amp;</tt> or <tt>\0</tt> or <tt>\n</tt> or

 backslash.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>The use of backslashes in <strong>subSpec</strong> tends to interact badly

+<div class="paragraph"><p>The use of backslashes in <tt><em>subSpec</em></tt> tends to interact badly

 with the Tcl parser&#8217;s use of backslashes, so it&#8217;s generally

-safest to enclose <strong>subSpec</strong> in braces if it includes

+safest to enclose <tt><em>subSpec</em></tt> in braces if it includes

 backslashes.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>The following switches modify the behaviour of <strong>regsub</strong></p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>The following switches modify the behaviour of <tt><em>regsub</em></tt></p></div>

 <div class="dlist"><dl>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

 <tt><strong>-nocase</strong></tt>

 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    Upper-case characters in <strong>string</strong> are converted to lower-case

-    before matching against <strong>exp</strong>;  however, substitutions

-    specified by <strong>subSpec</strong> use the original unconverted form

-    of <strong>string</strong>.

+    Upper-case characters in <tt><em>string</em></tt> are converted to lower-case

+    before matching against <tt><em>exp</em></tt>;  however, substitutions

+    specified by <tt><em>subSpec</em></tt> use the original unconverted form

+    of <tt><em>string</em></tt>.

 </p>

 </dd>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

@@ -5232,9 +5240,9 @@ backslashes.</p></div>
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    All ranges in <strong>string</strong> that match <strong>exp</strong> are found and substitution

+    All ranges in <tt><em>string</em></tt> that match <tt><em>exp</em></tt> are found and substitution

     is performed for each of these ranges, rather than only the

-    first. The <em>&amp;</em> and <em>\*n*</em> sequences are handled for

+    first. The <tt>&amp;</tt> and <tt>\n</tt> sequences are handled for

     each substitution using the information from the corresponding

     match.

 </p>

@@ -5246,10 +5254,10 @@ backslashes.</p></div>
 <p>

     Use newline-sensitive matching. By default, newline

     is a completely ordinary character with no special meaning in

-    either REs or strings.  With this flag, <em>[<sup></em> bracket expressions

-    and <em>.</em> never match newline, a <em></sup></em> anchor matches the null

+    either REs or strings.  With this flag, <tt>[<sup></tt> bracket expressions

+    and <tt>.</tt> never match newline, a <tt></sup></tt> anchor matches the null

     string after any newline in the string in addition to its normal

-    function, and the <em>$</em> anchor matches the null string before any

+    function, and the <tt>$</tt> anchor matches the null string before any

     newline in the string in addition to its normal function.

 </p>

 </dd>

@@ -5259,7 +5267,7 @@ backslashes.</p></div>
 <dd>

 <p>

     Specifies a character index offset into the string at which to

-    start matching the regular expression. <strong>offset</strong> will be

+    start matching the regular expression. <tt><em>offset</em></tt> will be

     constrained to the bounds of the input string.

 </p>

 </dd>

@@ -5269,7 +5277,7 @@ backslashes.</p></div>
 <dd>

 <p>

     Marks the end of switches. The argument following this one will be

-    treated as <strong>exp</strong> even if it starts with a <tt>-</tt>.

+    treated as <tt><em>exp</em></tt> even if it starts with a <tt>-</tt>.

 </p>

 </dd>

 </dl></div>

@@ -5277,8 +5285,8 @@ backslashes.</p></div>
 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_ref">ref</h3>

 <div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>ref</strong> <em>string tag ?finalizer?</em></tt></p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>Create a new reference containing <strong>string</strong> of type <strong>tag</strong>.

-If <strong>finalizer</strong> is specified, it is a command which will be invoked

+<div class="paragraph"><p>Create a new reference containing <tt><em>string</em></tt> of type <tt><em>tag</em></tt>.

+If <tt><em>finalizer</em></tt> is specified, it is a command which will be invoked

 when the a garbage collection cycle runs and this reference is

 no longer accessible.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>The finalizer is invoked as:</p></div>

@@ -5291,53 +5299,53 @@ no longer accessible.</p></div>
 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_rename">rename</h3>

 <div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>rename</strong> <em>oldName newName</em></tt></p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>Rename the command that used to be called <strong>oldName</strong> so that it

-is now called <strong>newName</strong>.  If <strong>newName</strong> is an empty string

-(e.g. {}) then <strong>oldName</strong> is deleted.  The <em>rename</em> command

+<div class="paragraph"><p>Rename the command that used to be called <tt><em>oldName</em></tt> so that it

+is now called <tt><em>newName</em></tt>.  If <tt><em>newName</em></tt> is an empty string

+(e.g. {}) then <tt><em>oldName</em></tt> is deleted.  The <a href="#_rename"><strong><tt>rename</tt></strong></a> command

 returns an empty string as result.</p></div>

 </div>

 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_return">return</h3>

 <div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>return</strong> ?<strong>-code</strong> <em>code</em>? ?<strong>-errorinfo</strong> <em>stacktrace</em>? ?<strong>-errorcode</strong> <em>errorcode</em>? ?<strong>-level</strong> <em>n</em>? ?<em>value</em>?</tt></p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>Return immediately from the current procedure (or top-level command

-or <em>source</em> command), with <strong>value</strong> as the return value.  If <strong>value</strong>

+or <a href="#_source"><strong><tt>source</tt></strong></a> command), with <tt><em>value</em></tt> as the return value.  If <tt><em>value</em></tt>

 is not specified, an empty string will be returned as result.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>If <strong>-code</strong> is specified (as either a number or ok, error, break,

+<div class="paragraph"><p>If <tt>-code</tt> is specified (as either a number or ok, error, break,

 continue, signal, return or exit), this code will be used instead

 of <tt>JIM_OK</tt>. This is generally useful when implementing flow of control

 commands.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>If <strong>-level</strong> is specified and greater than 1, it has the effect of delaying

-the new return code from <strong>-code</strong>. This is useful when rethrowing an error

-from <em>catch</em>. See the implementation of try/catch in tclcompat.tcl for

+<div class="paragraph"><p>If <tt>-level</tt> is specified and greater than 1, it has the effect of delaying

+the new return code from <tt>-code</tt>. This is useful when rethrowing an error

+from <a href="#_catch"><strong><tt>catch</tt></strong></a>. See the implementation of try/catch in tclcompat.tcl for

 an example of how this is done.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>Note: The following options are only used when <strong>-code</strong> is JIM_ERR.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>If <strong>-errorinfo</strong> is specified (as returned from <em>info stacktrace</em>)

+<div class="paragraph"><p>Note: The following options are only used when <tt>-code</tt> is JIM_ERR.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>If <tt>-errorinfo</tt> is specified (as returned from <a href="#_info"><strong><tt>info</tt></strong></a> <tt>stacktrace</tt>)

 it is used to initialize the stacktrace.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>If <strong>-errorcode</strong> is specified, it is used to set the global variable $::errorCode.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>If <tt>-errorcode</tt> is specified, it is used to set the global variable $::errorCode.</p></div>

 </div>

 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_scan">scan</h3>

-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>scan</strong> <em>string format varName1 ?varName2 &#8230;?</em></tt></p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>scan</strong> <em>string format varName1 ?varName2 ...?</em></tt></p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>This command parses fields from an input string in the same fashion

-as the C <em>sscanf</em> procedure.  <strong>String</strong> gives the input to be parsed

-and <strong>format</strong> indicates how to parse it, using <em>%</em> fields as in

+as the C <em>sscanf</em> procedure.  <tt><em>string</em></tt> gives the input to be parsed

+and <tt><em>format</em></tt> indicates how to parse it, using <em>%</em> fields as in

 <em>sscanf</em>.  All of the <em>sscanf</em> options are valid; see the <em>sscanf</em>

-man page for details.  Each <strong>varName</strong> gives the name of a variable;

-when a field is scanned from <strong>string</strong>, the result is converted back

-into a string and assigned to the corresponding <strong>varName</strong>.  The

+man page for details.  Each <tt><em>varName</em></tt> gives the name of a variable;

+when a field is scanned from <tt><em>string</em></tt>, the result is converted back

+into a string and assigned to the corresponding <tt><em>varName</em></tt>.  The

 only unusual conversion is for <em>%c</em>.  For <em>%c</em> conversions a single

 character value is converted to a decimal string, which is then

-assigned to the corresponding <strong>varName</strong>; no field width may be

+assigned to the corresponding <tt><em>varName</em></tt>; no field width may be

 specified for this conversion.</p></div>

 </div>

 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_seek">seek</h3>

 <div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>seek</strong> <em>fileId offset ?origin?</em></tt></p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p><tt><em>fileId</em> <strong>seek</strong> <em>offset ?origin?</em></tt></p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>Change the current access position for <strong>fileId</strong>.

-The <strong>offset</strong> and <strong>origin</strong> arguments specify the position at

-which the next read or write will occur for <strong>fileId</strong>.

-<strong>offset</strong> must be a number (which may be negative) and <strong>origin</strong>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>Change the current access position for <tt><em>fileId</em></tt>.

+The <tt><em>offset</em></tt> and <tt><em>origin</em></tt> arguments specify the position at

+which the next read or write will occur for <tt><em>fileId</em></tt>.

+<tt><em>offset</em></tt> must be a number (which may be negative) and <tt><em>origin</em></tt>

 must be one of the following:</p></div>

 <div class="dlist"><dl>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

@@ -5345,7 +5353,7 @@ must be one of the following:</p></div>
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    The new access position will be <strong>offset</strong> bytes from the start

+    The new access position will be <tt><em>offset</em></tt> bytes from the start

     of the file.

 </p>

 </dd>

@@ -5354,8 +5362,8 @@ must be one of the following:</p></div>
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    The new access position will be <strong>offset</strong> bytes from the current

-    access position; a negative <strong>offset</strong> moves the access position

+    The new access position will be <tt><em>offset</em></tt> bytes from the current

+    access position; a negative <tt><em>offset</em></tt> moves the access position

     backwards in the file.

 </p>

 </dd>

@@ -5364,56 +5372,56 @@ must be one of the following:</p></div>
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    The new access position will be <strong>offset</strong> bytes from the end of

-    the file.  A negative <strong>offset</strong> places the access position before

-    the end-of-file, and a positive <strong>offset</strong> places the access position

+    The new access position will be <tt><em>offset</em></tt> bytes from the end of

+    the file.  A negative <tt><em>offset</em></tt> places the access position before

+    the end-of-file, and a positive <tt><em>offset</em></tt> places the access position

     after the end-of-file.

 </p>

 </dd>

 </dl></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>origin</strong> argument defaults to <em>start</em>.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>fileId</strong> must have been the return value from a previous call to

-<em>open</em>, or it may be <em>stdin</em>, <em>stdout</em>, or <em>stderr</em> to refer to one

+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <tt><em>origin</em></tt> argument defaults to <tt>start</tt>.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><em>fileId</em></tt> must have been the return value from a previous call to

+<a href="#_open"><strong><tt>open</tt></strong></a>, or it may be <tt>stdin</tt>, <tt>stdout</tt>, or <tt>stderr</tt> to refer to one

 of the standard I/O channels.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>This command returns an empty string.</p></div>

 </div>

 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_set">set</h3>

 <div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>set</strong> <em>varName ?value?</em></tt></p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>Returns the value of variable <strong>varName</strong>.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>If <strong>value</strong> is specified, then set the value of <strong>varName</strong> to <strong>value</strong>,

+<div class="paragraph"><p>Returns the value of variable <tt><em>varName</em></tt>.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>If <tt><em>value</em></tt> is specified, then set the value of <tt><em>varName</em></tt> to <tt><em>value</em></tt>,

 creating a new variable if one doesn&#8217;t already exist, and return

 its value.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>If <strong>varName</strong> contains an open parenthesis and ends with a

+<div class="paragraph"><p>If <tt><em>varName</em></tt> contains an open parenthesis and ends with a

 close parenthesis, then it refers to an array element:  the characters

 before the open parenthesis are the name of the array, and the characters

 between the parentheses are the index within the array.

-Otherwise <strong>varName</strong> refers to a scalar variable.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>If no procedure is active, then <strong>varName</strong> refers to a global

+Otherwise <tt><em>varName</em></tt> refers to a scalar variable.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>If no procedure is active, then <tt><em>varName</em></tt> refers to a global

 variable.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>If a procedure is active, then <strong>varName</strong> refers to a parameter

-or local variable of the procedure, unless the <strong>global</strong> command

-has been invoked to declare <strong>varName</strong> to be global.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>::</em> prefix may also be used to explicitly reference a variable

+<div class="paragraph"><p>If a procedure is active, then <tt><em>varName</em></tt> refers to a parameter

+or local variable of the procedure, unless the <tt><em>global</em></tt> command

+has been invoked to declare <tt><em>varName</em></tt> to be global.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <tt>::</tt> prefix may also be used to explicitly reference a variable

 in the global scope.</p></div>

 </div>

 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_setref">setref</h3>

 <div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>setref</strong> <em>reference string</em></tt></p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>Store a new string in <strong>reference</strong>, replacing the existing string.

-The reference must be a valid reference create with the <em>ref</em>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>Store a new string in <tt><em>reference</em></tt>, replacing the existing string.

+The reference must be a valid reference create with the <a href="#_ref"><strong><tt>ref</tt></strong></a>

 command.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>See GARBAGE COLLECTION, REFERENCES, LAMBDA for more detail.</p></div>

 </div>

 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_signal">signal</h3>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>Command for signal handling.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>See <em>kill</em> for the different forms which may be used to specify signals.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>See <a href="#_kill"><strong><tt>kill</tt></strong></a> for the different forms which may be used to specify signals.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>Commands which return a list of signal names do so using the canonical form:

 "<tt>SIGINT SIGTERM</tt>".</p></div>

 <div class="dlist"><dl>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

-<tt><strong>signal handle</strong> ?<em>signals &#8230;</em>?</tt>

+<tt><strong>signal handle</strong> ?<em>signals ...</em>?</tt>

 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

@@ -5424,7 +5432,7 @@ command.</p></div>
 </p>

 </dd>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

-<tt><strong>signal ignore</strong> ?<em>signals &#8230;</em>?</tt>

+<tt><strong>signal ignore</strong> ?<em>signals ...</em>?</tt>

 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

@@ -5432,13 +5440,13 @@ command.</p></div>
     being ignored.

     If signals are specified, these are added to the list of signals

     currently being ignored. These signals are still delivered, but

-    are not considered by <em>catch -signal</em> or <em>try -signal</em>. Use

-    <em>signal check</em> to determine which signals have occurred but

+    are not considered by <a href="#_catch"><strong><tt>catch</tt></strong></a> <tt>-signal</tt> or <a href="#_try"><strong><tt>try</tt></strong></a> <tt>-signal</tt>. Use

+    <a href="#_signal"><strong><tt>signal</tt></strong></a> <tt>check</tt> to determine which signals have occurred but

     been ignored.

 </p>

 </dd>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

-<tt><strong>signal default</strong> ?<em>signals &#8230;</em>?</tt>

+<tt><strong>signal default</strong> ?<em>signals ...</em>?</tt>

 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

@@ -5449,15 +5457,15 @@ command.</p></div>
 </p>

 </dd>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

-<tt><strong>signal check ?-clear?</strong> ?<em>signals &#8230;</em>?</tt>

+<tt><strong>signal check ?-clear?</strong> ?<em>signals ...</em>?</tt>

 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

     Returns a list of signals which have been delivered to the process

     but are <em>ignored</em>. If signals are specified, only that set of signals will

     be checked, otherwise all signals will be checked.

-    If <em>-clear</em> is specified, any signals returned are removed and will not be

-    returned by subsequent calls to <em>signal check</em> unless delivered again.

+    If <tt>-clear</tt> is specified, any signals returned are removed and will not be

+    returned by subsequent calls to <a href="#_signal"><strong><tt>signal</tt></strong></a> <tt>check</tt> unless delivered again.

 </p>

 </dd>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

@@ -5474,10 +5482,10 @@ command.</p></div>
 </div></div>

 </dd>

 </dl></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>Note that <em>signal handle</em> and <em>signal ignore</em> represent two forms of signal

-handling. <em>signal handle</em> is used in conjunction with <em>catch -signal</em> or <em>try -signal</em>

-to immediately abort execution when the signal is delivered. Alternatively, <em>signal ignore</em>

-is used in conjunction with <em>signal check</em> to handle signal synchronously. Consider the

+<div class="paragraph"><p>Note that <a href="#_signal"><strong><tt>signal</tt></strong></a> <tt>handle</tt> and <a href="#_signal"><strong><tt>signal</tt></strong></a> <tt>ignore</tt> represent two forms of signal

+handling. <a href="#_signal"><strong><tt>signal</tt></strong></a> <tt>handle</tt> is used in conjunction with <a href="#_catch"><strong><tt>catch</tt></strong></a> <tt>-signal</tt> or <a href="#_try"><strong><tt>try</tt></strong></a> <tt>-signal</tt>

+to immediately abort execution when the signal is delivered. Alternatively, <a href="#_signal"><strong><tt>signal</tt></strong></a> <tt>ignore</tt>

+is used in conjunction with <a href="#_signal"><strong><tt>signal</tt></strong></a> <tt>check</tt> to handle signal synchronously. Consider the

 two examples below.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>Prevent a processing from taking too long</p></div>

 <div class="literalblock">

@@ -5514,29 +5522,29 @@ integer to sleep for one or more seconds.</p></div>
 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_source">source</h3>

 <div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>source</strong> <em>fileName</em></tt></p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>Read file <strong>fileName</strong> and pass the contents to the Tcl interpreter

+<div class="paragraph"><p>Read file <tt><em>fileName</em></tt> and pass the contents to the Tcl interpreter

 as a sequence of commands to execute in the normal fashion.  The return

-value of <em>source</em> is the return value of the last command executed

+value of <a href="#_source"><strong><tt>source</tt></strong></a> is the return value of the last command executed

 from the file.  If an error occurs in executing the contents of the

-file, then the <em>source</em> command will return that error.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>If a <em>return</em> command is invoked from within the file, the remainder of

-the file will be skipped and the <em>source</em> command will return

-normally with the result from the <em>return</em> command.</p></div>

+file, then the <a href="#_source"><strong><tt>source</tt></strong></a> command will return that error.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>If a <a href="#_return"><strong><tt>return</tt></strong></a> command is invoked from within the file, the remainder of

+the file will be skipped and the <a href="#_source"><strong><tt>source</tt></strong></a> command will return

+normally with the result from the <a href="#_return"><strong><tt>return</tt></strong></a> command.</p></div>

 </div>

 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_split">split</h3>

 <div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>split</strong> <em>string ?splitChars?</em></tt></p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>Returns a list created by splitting <strong>string</strong> at each character

-that is in the <strong>splitChars</strong> argument.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>Returns a list created by splitting <tt><em>string</em></tt> at each character

+that is in the <tt><em>splitChars</em></tt> argument.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>Each element of the result list will consist of the

-characters from <strong>string</strong> between instances of the

-characters in <strong>splitChars</strong>.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>Empty list elements will be generated if <strong>string</strong> contains

-adjacent characters in <strong>splitChars</strong>, or if the first or last

-character of <strong>string</strong> is in <strong>splitChars</strong>.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>If <strong>splitChars</strong> is an empty string then each character of

-<strong>string</strong> becomes a separate element of the result list.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>SplitChars</strong> defaults to the standard white-space characters.

+characters from <tt><em>string</em></tt> between instances of the

+characters in <tt><em>splitChars</em></tt>.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>Empty list elements will be generated if <tt><em>string</em></tt> contains

+adjacent characters in <tt><em>splitChars</em></tt>, or if the first or last

+character of <tt><em>string</em></tt> is in <tt><em>splitChars</em></tt>.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>If <tt><em>splitChars</em></tt> is an empty string then each character of

+<tt><em>string</em></tt> becomes a separate element of the result list.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><em>splitChars</em></tt> defaults to the standard white-space characters.

 For example,</p></div>

 <div class="literalblock">

 <div class="content">

@@ -5557,15 +5565,15 @@ For example,</p></div>
 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_stacktrace">stacktrace</h3>

 <div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>stacktrace</strong></tt></p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>Returns a live stack trace as a list of <tt>proc file line proc file line &#8230;</tt>.

-Iteratively uses <em>info frame</em> to create the stack trace. This stack trace is in the

-same form as produced by <em>catch</em> and <em>info stacktrace</em></p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>See also <em>stackdump</em>.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>Returns a live stack trace as a list of <tt>proc file line proc file line ...</tt>.

+Iteratively uses <a href="#_info"><strong><tt>info</tt></strong></a> <tt>frame</tt> to create the stack trace. This stack trace is in the

+same form as produced by <a href="#_catch"><strong><tt>catch</tt></strong></a> and <a href="#_info"><strong><tt>info</tt></strong></a> <tt>stacktrace</tt></p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>See also <a href="#_stackdump"><strong><tt>stackdump</tt></strong></a>.</p></div>

 </div>

 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_string">string</h3>

-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>string</strong> <em>option arg ?arg &#8230;?</em></tt></p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>Perform one of several string operations, depending on <strong>option</strong>.

+<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>string</strong> <em>option arg ?arg ...?</em></tt></p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>Perform one of several string operations, depending on <tt><em>option</em></tt>.

 The legal options (which may be abbreviated) are:</p></div>

 <div class="dlist"><dl>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

@@ -5574,7 +5582,7 @@ The legal options (which may be abbreviated) are:</p></div>
 <dd>

 <p>

     Returns the length of the string in bytes. This will return

-    the same value as <em>string length</em> if UTF-8 support is not enabled,

+    the same value as <a href="#_string"><strong><tt>string</tt></strong></a> <tt>length</tt> if UTF-8 support is not enabled,

     or if the string is composed entirely of ASCII characters.

     See UTF-8 AND UNICODE.

 </p>

@@ -5584,11 +5592,11 @@ The legal options (which may be abbreviated) are:</p></div>
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    Perform a character-by-character comparison of strings <strong>string1</strong> and

-    <strong>string2</strong> in the same way as the C <em>strcmp</em> procedure.  Return

-    -1, 0, or 1, depending on whether <strong>string1</strong> is lexicographically

-    less than, equal to, or greater than <strong>string2</strong>.

-    Performs a case-insensitive comparison if <em>-nocase</em> is specified.

+    Perform a character-by-character comparison of strings <tt><em>string1</em></tt> and

+    <tt><em>string2</em></tt> in the same way as the C <em>strcmp</em> procedure.  Return

+    -1, 0, or 1, depending on whether <tt><em>string1</em></tt> is lexicographically

+    less than, equal to, or greater than <tt><em>string2</em></tt>.

+    Performs a case-insensitive comparison if <tt>-nocase</tt> is specified.

 </p>

 </dd>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

@@ -5597,7 +5605,7 @@ The legal options (which may be abbreviated) are:</p></div>
 <dd>

 <p>

     Returns 1 if the strings are equal, or 0 otherwise.

-    Performs a case-insensitive comparison if <em>-nocase</em> is specified.

+    Performs a case-insensitive comparison if <tt>-nocase</tt> is specified.

 </p>

 </dd>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

@@ -5605,11 +5613,11 @@ The legal options (which may be abbreviated) are:</p></div>
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    Search <strong>string2</strong> for a sequence of characters that exactly match

-    the characters in <strong>string1</strong>.  If found, return the index of the

-    first character in the first such match within <strong>string2</strong>.  If not

-    found, return -1. If <strong>firstIndex</strong> is specified, matching will start

-    from <strong>firstIndex</strong> of <strong>string1</strong>.

+    Search <tt><em>string2</em></tt> for a sequence of characters that exactly match

+    the characters in <tt><em>string1</em></tt>.  If found, return the index of the

+    first character in the first such match within <tt><em>string2</em></tt>.  If not

+    found, return -1. If <tt><em>firstIndex</em></tt> is specified, matching will start

+    from <tt><em>firstIndex</em></tt> of <tt><em>string1</em></tt>.

 </p>

 </dd>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

@@ -5617,7 +5625,7 @@ The legal options (which may be abbreviated) are:</p></div>
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    See STRING AND LIST INDEX SPECIFICATIONS for all allowed forms for <strong>firstIndex</strong>.

+    See STRING AND LIST INDEX SPECIFICATIONS for all allowed forms for <tt><em>firstIndex</em></tt>.

 </p>

 </dd>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

@@ -5625,10 +5633,10 @@ The legal options (which may be abbreviated) are:</p></div>
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    Returns the <strong>charIndex</strong>'th character of the <strong>string</strong>

-    argument.  A <strong>charIndex</strong> of 0 corresponds to the first

+    Returns the <tt><em>charIndex</em></tt><em>th character of the <tt>'string</em></tt>

+    argument.  A <tt><em>charIndex</em></tt> of 0 corresponds to the first

     character of the string.

-    If <strong>charIndex</strong> is less than 0 or greater than

+    If <tt><em>charIndex</em></tt> is less than 0 or greater than

     or equal to the length of the string then an empty string is

     returned.

 </p>

@@ -5638,7 +5646,7 @@ The legal options (which may be abbreviated) are:</p></div>
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    See STRING AND LIST INDEX SPECIFICATIONS for all allowed forms for <strong>charIndex</strong>.

+    See STRING AND LIST INDEX SPECIFICATIONS for all allowed forms for <tt><em>charIndex</em></tt>.

 </p>

 </dd>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

@@ -5646,12 +5654,17 @@ The legal options (which may be abbreviated) are:</p></div>
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

- Returns 1 if <strong>string</strong> is a valid member of the specified character

- class, otherwise returns 0. If <em>-strict</em> is specified, then an

- empty string returns 0, otherwise an empty string will return 1

- on any class. The following character classes are recognized

- (the class name can be abbreviated):

+    Returns 1 if <tt><em>string</em></tt> is a valid member of the specified character

+    class, otherwise returns 0. If <tt>-strict</tt> is specified, then an

+    empty string returns 0, otherwise an empty string will return 1

+    on any class. The following character classes are recognized

+    (the class name can be abbreviated):

 </p>

+</dd>

+<dt class="hdlist1">

+ 

+</dt>

+<dd>

 <div class="dlist"><dl>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

 <tt>alnum</tt>

@@ -5773,7 +5786,7 @@ Any hexadecimal digit character ([0-9A-Fa-f]).
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    Note that string classification does <strong>not</strong> respect UTF-8. See UTF-8 AND UNICODE

+    Note that string classification does <tt><em>not</em></tt> respect UTF-8. See UTF-8 AND UNICODE

 </p>

 </dd>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

@@ -5781,11 +5794,11 @@ Any hexadecimal digit character ([0-9A-Fa-f]).
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    Search <strong>string2</strong> for a sequence of characters that exactly match

-    the characters in <strong>string1</strong>.  If found, return the index of the

-    first character in the last such match within <strong>string2</strong>.  If there

-    is no match, then return -1. If <strong>lastIndex</strong> is specified, only characters

-    up to <strong>lastIndex</strong> of <strong>string2</strong> will be considered in the match.

+    Search <tt><em>string2</em></tt> for a sequence of characters that exactly match

+    the characters in <tt><em>string1</em></tt>.  If found, return the index of the

+    first character in the last such match within <tt><em>string2</em></tt>.  If there

+    is no match, then return -1. If <tt><em>lastIndex</em></tt> is specified, only characters

+    up to <tt><em>lastIndex</em></tt> of <tt><em>string2</em></tt> will be considered in the match.

 </p>

 </dd>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

@@ -5793,7 +5806,7 @@ Any hexadecimal digit character ([0-9A-Fa-f]).
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    See STRING AND LIST INDEX SPECIFICATIONS for all allowed forms for <strong>lastIndex</strong>.

+    See STRING AND LIST INDEX SPECIFICATIONS for all allowed forms for <tt><em>lastIndex</em></tt>.

 </p>

 </dd>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

@@ -5801,7 +5814,7 @@ Any hexadecimal digit character ([0-9A-Fa-f]).
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    Returns a decimal string giving the number of characters in <strong>string</strong>.

+    Returns a decimal string giving the number of characters in <tt><em>string</em></tt>.

     If UTF-8 support is enabled, this may be different than the number of bytes.

     See UTF-8 AND UNICODE

 </p>

@@ -5811,11 +5824,11 @@ Any hexadecimal digit character ([0-9A-Fa-f]).
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    See if <strong>pattern</strong> matches <strong>string</strong>; return 1 if it does, 0

+    See if <tt><em>pattern</em></tt> matches <tt><em>string</em></tt>; return 1 if it does, 0

     if it doesn&#8217;t.  Matching is done in a fashion similar to that

     used by the C-shell.  For the two strings to match, their contents

     must be identical except that the following special sequences

-    may appear in <strong>pattern</strong>:

+    may appear in <tt><em>pattern</em></tt>:

 </p>

 <div class="dlist"><dl>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

@@ -5823,7 +5836,7 @@ Any hexadecimal digit character ([0-9A-Fa-f]).
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-        Matches any sequence of characters in <strong>string</strong>,

+        Matches any sequence of characters in <tt><em>string</em></tt>,

         including a null string.

 </p>

 </dd>

@@ -5832,17 +5845,17 @@ Any hexadecimal digit character ([0-9A-Fa-f]).
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-        Matches any single character in <strong>string</strong>.

+        Matches any single character in <tt><em>string</em></tt>.

 </p>

 </dd>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

-<tt>[<strong>chars</strong>]</tt>

+<tt>[</tt><em>chars</em><tt>]</tt>

 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-        Matches any character in the set given by <strong>chars</strong>.

-        If a sequence of the form <strong>x</strong>-<strong>y</strong> appears in <strong>chars</strong>,

-        then any character between <strong>x</strong> and <strong>y</strong>, inclusive,

+        Matches any character in the set given by <tt><em>chars</em></tt>.

+        If a sequence of the form <tt><em>x</em></tt>-<tt><em>y</em></tt> appears in <tt><em>chars</em></tt>,

+        then any character between <tt><em>x</em></tt> and <tt><em>y</em></tt>, inclusive,

         will match.

 </p>

 </dd>

@@ -5851,9 +5864,9 @@ Any hexadecimal digit character ([0-9A-Fa-f]).
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-        Matches the single character <strong>x</strong>.  This provides a way of

-        avoiding the special interpretation of the characters `\*?[]\`

-        in <strong>pattern</strong>.

+        Matches the single character <tt><em>x</em></tt>.  This provides a way of

+        avoiding the special interpretation of the characters <tt>\*?[]\</tt>

+        in <tt><em>'+pattern</tt></em>'+.

 </p>

 </dd>

 </dl></div>

@@ -5863,7 +5876,7 @@ Any hexadecimal digit character ([0-9A-Fa-f]).
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    Performs a case-insensitive comparison if <em>-nocase</em> is specified.

+    Performs a case-insensitive comparison if <tt>-nocase</tt> is specified.

 </p>

 </dd>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

@@ -5871,9 +5884,9 @@ Any hexadecimal digit character ([0-9A-Fa-f]).
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    Returns a range of consecutive characters from <strong>string</strong>, starting

-    with the character whose index is <strong>first</strong> and ending with the

-    character whose index is <strong>last</strong>.  An index of 0 refers to the

+    Returns a range of consecutive characters from <tt><em>string</em></tt>, starting

+    with the character whose index is <tt><em>first</em></tt> and ending with the

+    character whose index is <tt><em>last</em></tt>.  An index of 0 refers to the

     first character of the string.

 </p>

 </dd>

@@ -5882,7 +5895,7 @@ Any hexadecimal digit character ([0-9A-Fa-f]).
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    See STRING AND LIST INDEX SPECIFICATIONS for all allowed forms for <strong>first</strong> and <strong>last</strong>.

+    See STRING AND LIST INDEX SPECIFICATIONS for all allowed forms for <tt><em>first</em></tt> and <tt><em>last</em></tt>.

 </p>

 </dd>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

@@ -5890,10 +5903,10 @@ Any hexadecimal digit character ([0-9A-Fa-f]).
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    If <strong>first</strong> is less than zero then it is treated as if it were zero, and

-    if <strong>last</strong> is greater than or equal to the length of the string then

-    it is treated as if it were <em>end</em>.  If <strong>first</strong> is greater than

-    <strong>last</strong> then an empty string is returned.

+    If <tt><em>first</em></tt> is less than zero then it is treated as if it were zero, and

+    if <tt><em>last</em></tt> is greater than or equal to the length of the string then

+    it is treated as if it were <tt>end</tt>.  If <tt><em>first</em></tt> is greater than

+    <tt><em>last</em></tt> then an empty string is returned.

 </p>

 </dd>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

@@ -5910,7 +5923,7 @@ Any hexadecimal digit character ([0-9A-Fa-f]).
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    Returns a new string consisting of <strong>string</strong> repeated <strong>count</strong> times.

+    Returns a new string consisting of <tt><em>string</em></tt> repeated <tt><em>count</em></tt> times.

 </p>

 </dd>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

@@ -5918,7 +5931,7 @@ Any hexadecimal digit character ([0-9A-Fa-f]).
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    Returns a string that is the same length as <strong>string</strong> but

+    Returns a string that is the same length as <tt><em>string</em></tt> but

     with its characters in the reverse order.

 </p>

 </dd>

@@ -5927,7 +5940,7 @@ Any hexadecimal digit character ([0-9A-Fa-f]).
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    Returns a value equal to <strong>string</strong> except that all upper case

+    Returns a value equal to <tt><em>string</em></tt> except that all upper case

     letters have been converted to lower case.

 </p>

 </dd>

@@ -5936,7 +5949,7 @@ Any hexadecimal digit character ([0-9A-Fa-f]).
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    Returns a value equal to <strong>string</strong> except that all lower case

+    Returns a value equal to <tt><em>string</em></tt> except that all lower case

     letters have been converted to upper case.

 </p>

 </dd>

@@ -5945,10 +5958,10 @@ Any hexadecimal digit character ([0-9A-Fa-f]).
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    Returns a value equal to <strong>string</strong> except that any leading

-    or trailing characters from the set given by <strong>chars</strong> are

+    Returns a value equal to <tt><em>string</em></tt> except that any leading

+    or trailing characters from the set given by <tt><em>chars</em></tt> are

     removed.

-    If <strong>chars</strong> is not specified then white space is removed

+    If <tt><em>chars</em></tt> is not specified then white space is removed

     (spaces, tabs, newlines, and carriage returns).

 </p>

 </dd>

@@ -5957,10 +5970,10 @@ Any hexadecimal digit character ([0-9A-Fa-f]).
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    Returns a value equal to <strong>string</strong> except that any

-    leading characters from the set given by <strong>chars</strong> are

+    Returns a value equal to <tt><em>string</em></tt> except that any

+    leading characters from the set given by <tt><em>chars</em></tt> are

     removed.

-    If <strong>chars</strong> is not specified then white space is removed

+    If <tt><em>chars</em></tt> is not specified then white space is removed

     (spaces, tabs, newlines, and carriage returns).

 </p>

 </dd>

@@ -5969,10 +5982,10 @@ Any hexadecimal digit character ([0-9A-Fa-f]).
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    Returns a value equal to <strong>string</strong> except that any

-    trailing characters from the set given by <strong>chars</strong> are

+    Returns a value equal to <tt><em>string</em></tt> except that any

+    trailing characters from the set given by <tt><em>chars</em></tt> are

     removed.

-    If <strong>chars</strong> is not specified then white space is removed

+    If <tt><em>chars</em></tt> is not specified then white space is removed

     (spaces, tabs, newlines, and carriage returns).

     Null characters are always removed.

 </p>

@@ -5988,14 +6001,14 @@ fully-substituted result. The substitutions are performed in exactly
 the same way as for Tcl commands. As a result, the string argument

 is actually substituted twice, once by the Tcl parser in the usual

 fashion for Tcl commands, and again by the subst command.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>If any of the <strong>-nobackslashes</strong>, <strong>-nocommands</strong>, or <strong>-novariables</strong> are

+<div class="paragraph"><p>If any of the <tt>-nobackslashes</tt>, <tt>-nocommands</tt>, or <tt>-novariables</tt> are

 specified, then the corresponding substitutions are not performed.

-For example, if <strong>-nocommands</strong> is specified, no command substitution

+For example, if <tt>-nocommands</tt> is specified, no command substitution

 is performed: open and close brackets are treated as ordinary

 characters with no special interpretation.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Note</strong>: when it performs its substitutions, subst does not give any

 special treatment to double quotes or curly braces. For example,

-the following script returns <em>xyz {44}</em>, not <em>xyz {$a}</em>.</p></div>

+the following script returns <tt>xyz {44}</tt>, not <tt>xyz {$a}</tt>.</p></div>

 <div class="literalblock">

 <div class="content">

 <pre><tt>set a 44

@@ -6004,14 +6017,14 @@ subst {xyz {$a}}</tt></pre>
 </div>

 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_switch">switch</h3>

-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>switch</strong> <em>?options? string pattern body ?pattern body &#8230;?</em></tt></p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>switch</strong> <em>?options? string {pattern body ?pattern body &#8230;?}</em></tt></p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>switch</em> command matches its string argument against each of

+<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>switch</strong> <em>?options? string pattern body ?pattern body ...?</em></tt></p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>switch</strong> <em>?options? string {pattern body ?pattern body ...?}</em></tt></p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <a href="#_switch"><strong><tt>switch</tt></strong></a> command matches its string argument against each of

 the pattern arguments in order. As soon as it finds a pattern that

 matches string it evaluates the following body and returns the

 result of that evaluation. If the last pattern argument is default

 then it matches anything. If no pattern argument matches string and

-no default is given, then the switch command returns an empty string.

+no default is given, then the <a href="#_switch"><strong><tt>switch</tt></strong></a> command returns an empty string.

 If the initial arguments to switch start with - then they are treated

 as options. The following options are currently supported:</p></div>

 <div class="dlist"><dl>

@@ -6062,7 +6075,7 @@ as options. The following options are currently supported:</p></div>
 <p>

         Marks the end of options. The argument following

         this one will be treated as string even if it starts

-        with a -.

+        with a <tt>-</tt>.

 </p>

 </dd>

 </dl></div>

@@ -6073,18 +6086,18 @@ patterns or commands. The second form places all of the patterns
 and commands together into a single argument; the argument must

 have proper list structure, with the elements of the list being the

 patterns and commands. The second form makes it easy to construct

-multi-line switch commands, since the braces around the whole list

+multi-line <a href="#_switch"><strong><tt>switch</tt></strong></a> commands, since the braces around the whole list

 make it unnecessary to include a backslash at the end of each line.

 Since the pattern arguments are in braces in the second form, no

 command or variable substitutions are performed on them; this makes

 the behaviour of the second form different than the first form in

 some cases.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>If a body is specified as <em>-</em> it means that the body for the next

+<div class="paragraph"><p>If a body is specified as <tt>-</tt> it means that the body for the next

 pattern should also be used as the body for this pattern (if the

-next pattern also has a body of &#8220;-&#8221; then the body after that is

+next pattern also has a body of <tt>-</tt> then the body after that is

 used, and so on). This feature makes it possible to share a single

 body among several patterns.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>Below are some examples of switch commands:</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>Below are some examples of <a href="#_switch"><strong><tt>switch</tt></strong></a> commands:</p></div>

 <div class="literalblock">

 <div class="content">

 <pre><tt>switch abc a - b {format 1} abc {format 2} default {format 3}</tt></pre>

@@ -6113,8 +6126,8 @@ body among several patterns.</p></div>
 </div>

 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_tailcall">tailcall</h3>

-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>tailcall</strong> <em>cmd ?arg&#8230;?</em></tt></p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>tailcall</em> command provides an optimised way of invoking a command whilst replacing

+<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>tailcall</strong> <em>cmd ?arg...?</em></tt></p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <a href="#_tailcall"><strong><tt>tailcall</tt></strong></a> command provides an optimised way of invoking a command whilst replacing

 the current call frame. This is similar to <em>exec</em> in Bourne Shell.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>The following are identical except the first immediately replaces the current call frame.</p></div>

 <div class="literalblock">

@@ -6125,7 +6138,7 @@ the current call frame. This is similar to <em>exec</em> in Bourne Shell.</p></d
 <div class="content">

 <pre><tt>return [uplevel 1 a b c]</tt></pre>

 </div></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>tailcall</em> is useful for a dispatch mechanism:</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p><a href="#_tailcall"><strong><tt>tailcall</tt></strong></a> is useful for a dispatch mechanism:</p></div>

 <div class="literalblock">

 <div class="content">

 <pre><tt>proc a {cmd args} {

@@ -6140,24 +6153,24 @@ proc sub_cmd2 ...</tt></pre>
 <div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>tell</strong> <em>fileId</em></tt></p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p><tt><em>fileId</em> <strong>tell</strong></tt></p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>Returns a decimal string giving the current access position in

-<strong>fileId</strong>.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>fileId</strong> must have been the return value from a previous call to

-<em>open</em>, or it may be <em>stdin</em>, <em>stdout</em>, or <em>stderr</em> to refer to one

+<tt><em>fileId</em></tt>.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><em>fileId</em></tt> must have been the return value from a previous call to

+<a href="#_open"><strong><tt>open</tt></strong></a>, or it may be <tt>stdin</tt>, <tt>stdout</tt>, or <tt>stderr</tt> to refer to one

 of the standard I/O channels.</p></div>

 </div>

 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_throw">throw</h3>

 <div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>throw</strong> <em>code ?msg?</em></tt></p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>This command throws an exception (return) code along with an optional message.

-This command is mostly for convenient usage with <em>try</em>.</p></div>

+This command is mostly for convenient usage with <a href="#_try"><strong><tt>try</tt></strong></a>.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>The command <tt>throw break</tt> is equivalent to <tt>break</tt>.

-The command <tt>throw 20 message</tt> can be caught with an <tt>on 20 &#8230;</tt> clause to <em>try</em>.</p></div>

+The command <tt>throw 20 message</tt> can be caught with an <tt>on 20 ...</tt> clause to <a href="#_try"><strong><tt>try</tt></strong></a>.</p></div>

 </div>

 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_time">time</h3>

 <div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>time</strong> <em>command ?count?</em></tt></p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>This command will call the Tcl interpreter <strong>count</strong>

-times to execute <strong>command</strong> (or once if <strong>count</strong> isn&#8217;t

+<div class="paragraph"><p>This command will call the Tcl interpreter <tt><em>count</em></tt>

+times to execute <tt><em>command</em></tt> (or once if <tt><em>count</em></tt> isn&#8217;t

 specified).  It will then return a string of the form</p></div>

 <div class="literalblock">

 <div class="content">

@@ -6169,21 +6182,21 @@ in microseconds.</p></div>
 </div>

 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_try">try</h3>

-<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>try</strong> <em>?catchopts? tryscript</em> ?<strong>on</strong> <em>returncodes {?resultvar? ?optsvar?} handlerscript &#8230;</em>? ?<strong>finally</strong> <em>finalscript</em>?</tt></p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>try</em> command is provided as a convenience for exception handling.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>This interpeter first evaluates <strong>tryscript</strong> under the effect of the catch

-options <strong>catchopts</strong> (e.g. <tt>-signal -noexit --</tt>, see <em>catch</em>).</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>try</strong> <em>?catchopts? tryscript</em> ?<strong>on</strong> <em>returncodes {?resultvar? ?optsvar?} handlerscript ...</em>? ?<strong>finally</strong> <em>finalscript</em>?</tt></p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <a href="#_try"><strong><tt>try</tt></strong></a> command is provided as a convenience for exception handling.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>This interpeter first evaluates <tt><em>tryscript</em></tt> under the effect of the catch

+options <tt><em>catchopts</em></tt> (e.g. <tt>-signal -noexit --</tt>, see <a href="#_catch"><strong><tt>catch</tt></strong></a>).</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>It then evaluates the script for the first matching <em>on</em> handler

-(there many be zero or more) based on the return code from the <em>try</em>

+(there many be zero or more) based on the return code from the <a href="#_try"><strong><tt>try</tt></strong></a>

 section. For example a normal <tt>JIM_ERR</tt> error will be matched by

 an <em>on error</em> handler.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>Finally, any <strong>finalscript</strong> is evaluated.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>The result of this command is the result of <strong>tryscript</strong>, except in the

+<div class="paragraph"><p>Finally, any <tt><em>finalscript</em></tt> is evaluated.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>The result of this command is the result of <tt><em>tryscript</em></tt>, except in the

 case where an exception occurs in a matching <em>on</em> handler script or the <em>finally</em> script,

 in which case the result is this new exception.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>The specified <strong>returncodes</strong> is a list of return codes either as names (<em>ok</em>, <em>error</em>, <em>break</em>, etc.)

+<div class="paragraph"><p>The specified <tt><em>returncodes</em></tt> is a list of return codes either as names (<em>ok</em>, <em>error</em>, <em>break</em>, etc.)

 or as integers.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>If <strong>resultvar</strong> and <strong>optsvar</strong> are specified, they are set as for <em>catch</em> before evaluating

+<div class="paragraph"><p>If <tt><em>resultvar</em></tt> and <tt><em>optsvar</em></tt> are specified, they are set as for <a href="#_catch"><strong><tt>catch</tt></strong></a> before evaluating

 the matching handler.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>For example:</p></div>

 <div class="literalblock">

@@ -6205,7 +6218,7 @@ try -signal {
 <div class="paragraph"><p>If break, continue or error are raised, they are dealt with by the matching

 handler.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>In any case, the file will be closed via the <em>finally</em> clause.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>See also <em>throw</em>, <em>catch</em>, <em>return</em>, <em>error</em>.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>See also <a href="#_throw"><strong><tt>throw</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#_catch"><strong><tt>catch</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#_return"><strong><tt>return</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#_error"><strong><tt>error</tt></strong></a>.</p></div>

 </div>

 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_unknown">unknown</h3>

@@ -6214,32 +6227,32 @@ handler.</p></div>
 invoke it if it does exist.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>If the Tcl interpreter encounters a command name for which there

 is not a defined command, then Tcl checks for the existence of

-a command named <em>unknown</em>.</p></div>

+a command named <a href="#_unknown"><strong><tt>unknown</tt></strong></a>.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>If there is no such command, then the interpreter returns an

 error.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>If the <em>unknown</em> command exists, then it is invoked with

+<div class="paragraph"><p>If the <a href="#_unknown"><strong><tt>unknown</tt></strong></a> command exists, then it is invoked with

 arguments consisting of the fully-substituted name and arguments

 for the original non-existent command.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>unknown</em> command typically does things like searching

+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <a href="#_unknown"><strong><tt>unknown</tt></strong></a> command typically does things like searching

 through library directories for a command procedure with the name

-<strong>cmdName</strong>, or expanding abbreviated command names to full-length,

+<tt><em>cmdName</em></tt>, or expanding abbreviated command names to full-length,

 or automatically executing unknown commands as UNIX sub-processes.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>In some cases (such as expanding abbreviations) <em>unknown</em> will

+<div class="paragraph"><p>In some cases (such as expanding abbreviations) <a href="#_unknown"><strong><tt>unknown</tt></strong></a> will

 change the original command slightly and then (re-)execute it.

-The result of the <em>unknown</em> command is used as the result for

+The result of the <a href="#_unknown"><strong><tt>unknown</tt></strong></a> command is used as the result for

 the original non-existent command.</p></div>

 </div>

 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_unset">unset</h3>

 <div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>unset ?-nocomplain? ?--?</strong> <em>?name name &#8230;?</em></tt></p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>Remove variables.

-Each <strong>name</strong> is a variable name, specified in any of the

-ways acceptable to the <em>set</em> command.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>If a <strong>name</strong> refers to an element of an array, then that

+Each <tt><em>name</em></tt> is a variable name, specified in any of the

+ways acceptable to the <a href="#_set"><strong><tt>set</tt></strong></a> command.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>If a <tt><em>name</em></tt> refers to an element of an array, then that

 element is removed without affecting the rest of the array.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>If a <strong>name</strong> consists of an array name with no parenthesized

+<div class="paragraph"><p>If a <tt><em>name</em></tt> consists of an array name with no parenthesized

 index, then the entire array is deleted.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>unset</em> command returns an empty string as result.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <a href="#_unset"><strong><tt>unset</tt></strong></a> command returns an empty string as result.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>An error occurs if any of the variables doesn&#8217;t exist, unless <em>-nocomplain</em>

 is specified. The <em>--</em> argument may be specified to stop option processing

 in case the variable name may be <em>-nocomplain</em>.</p></div>

@@ -6247,38 +6260,38 @@ in case the variable name may be <em>-nocomplain</em>.</p></div>
 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_upcall">upcall</h3>

 <div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>upcall</strong> <em>command ?args &#8230;?</em></tt></p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>May be used from within a proc defined as <tt>local proc</tt> in order to call

+<div class="paragraph"><p>May be used from within a proc defined as <a href="#_local"><strong><tt>local</tt></strong></a> <a href="#_proc"><strong><tt>proc</tt></strong></a> in order to call

 the previous, hidden version of the same command.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>If there is no previous definition of the command, an error is returned.</p></div>

 </div>

 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_uplevel">uplevel</h3>

 <div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>uplevel</strong> <em>?level? command ?command &#8230;?</em></tt></p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>All of the <strong>command</strong> arguments are concatenated as if they had

-been passed to <em>concat</em>; the result is then evaluated in the

-variable context indicated by <strong>level</strong>.  <em>Uplevel</em> returns

-the result of that evaluation.  If <strong>level</strong> is an integer, then

+<div class="paragraph"><p>All of the <tt><em>command</em></tt> arguments are concatenated as if they had

+been passed to <a href="#_concat"><strong><tt>concat</tt></strong></a>; the result is then evaluated in the

+variable context indicated by <tt><em>level</em></tt>.  <a href="#_uplevel"><strong><tt>uplevel</tt></strong></a> returns

+the result of that evaluation.  If <tt><em>level</em></tt> is an integer, then

 it gives a distance (up the procedure calling stack) to move before

-executing the command.  If <strong>level</strong> consists of <em>#</em> followed by

-a number then the number gives an absolute level number.  If <strong>level</strong>

-is omitted then it defaults to <em>1</em>.  <strong>Level</strong> cannot be

-defaulted if the first <strong>command</strong> argument starts with a digit or <em>#</em>.</p></div>

+executing the command.  If <tt><em>level</em></tt> consists of <tt>#</tt> followed by

+a number then the number gives an absolute level number.  If <tt><em>level</em></tt>

+is omitted then it defaults to <tt>1</tt>.  <tt><em>level</em></tt> cannot be

+defaulted if the first <tt><em>command</em></tt> argument starts with a digit or <tt>#</tt>.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>For example, suppose that procedure <em>a</em> was invoked

 from top-level, and that it called <em>b</em>, and that <em>b</em> called <em>c</em>.

-Suppose that <em>c</em> invokes the <em>uplevel</em> command.  If <strong>level</strong>

-is <em>1</em> or <em>#2</em>  or omitted, then the command will be executed

-in the variable context of <em>b</em>.  If <strong>level</strong> is <em>2</em> or <em>#1</em>

+Suppose that <em>c</em> invokes the <a href="#_uplevel"><strong><tt>uplevel</tt></strong></a> command.  If <tt><em>level</em></tt>

+is <tt>1</tt> or <tt>#2</tt>  or omitted, then the command will be executed

+in the variable context of <em>b</em>.  If <tt><em>level</em></tt> is <tt>2</tt> or <tt>#1</tt>

 then the command will be executed in the variable context of <em>a</em>.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>If <strong>level</strong> is <em>3</em> or <em>#0</em> then the command will be executed

+<div class="paragraph"><p>If <tt><em>level</em></tt> is <em>3</em> or <tt>#0</tt> then the command will be executed

 at top-level (only global variables will be visible).

-The <em>uplevel</em> command causes the invoking procedure to disappear

+The <a href="#_uplevel"><strong><tt>uplevel</tt></strong></a> command causes the invoking procedure to disappear

 from the procedure calling stack while the command is being executed.

 In the above example, suppose <em>c</em> invokes the command</p></div>

 <div class="literalblock">

 <div class="content">

 <pre><tt>uplevel 1 {set x 43; d}</tt></pre>

 </div></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>where <em>d</em> is another Tcl procedure.  The <em>set</em> command will

+<div class="paragraph"><p>where <em>d</em> is another Tcl procedure.  The <a href="#_set"><strong><tt>set</tt></strong></a> command will

 modify the variable <em>x</em> in <em>b&#8217;s context, and 'd</em> will execute

 at level 3, as if called from <em>b</em>.  If it in turn executes

 the command</p></div>

@@ -6286,13 +6299,13 @@ the command</p></div>
 <div class="content">

 <pre><tt>uplevel {set x 42}</tt></pre>

 </div></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>then the <em>set</em> command will modify the same variable <em>x</em> in <em>b&#8217;s

+<div class="paragraph"><p>then the <a href="#_set"><strong><tt>set</tt></strong></a> command will modify the same variable <em>x</em> in <em>b&#8217;s

 context:  the procedure 'c</em> does not appear to be on the call stack

-when <em>d</em> is executing.  The command <em>info level</em> may

+when <em>d</em> is executing.  The command <a href="#_info"><strong><tt>info</tt></strong></a> <tt>level</tt> may

 be used to obtain the level of the current procedure.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Uplevel</em> makes it possible to implement new control

-constructs as Tcl procedures (for example, <em>uplevel</em> could

-be used to implement the <em>while</em> construct as a Tcl procedure).</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p><a href="#_uplevel"><strong><tt>uplevel</tt></strong></a> makes it possible to implement new control

+constructs as Tcl procedures (for example, <a href="#_uplevel"><strong><tt>uplevel</tt></strong></a> could

+be used to implement the <a href="#_while"><strong><tt>while</tt></strong></a> construct as a Tcl procedure).</p></div>

 </div>

 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_upvar">upvar</h3>

@@ -6300,20 +6313,20 @@ be used to implement the <em>while</em> construct as a Tcl procedure).</p></div>
 <div class="paragraph"><p>This command arranges for one or more local variables in the current

 procedure to refer to variables in an enclosing procedure call or

 to global variables.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Level</strong> may have any of the forms permitted for the <em>uplevel</em>

-command, and may be omitted if the first letter of the first <strong>otherVar</strong>

-isn&#8217;t <em>#</em> or a digit (it defaults to <em>1</em>).</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>For each <strong>otherVar</strong> argument, <em>upvar</em> makes the variable

-by that name in the procedure frame given by <strong>level</strong> (or at

-global level, if <strong>level</strong> is <em>#0</em>) accessible

+<div class="paragraph"><p><tt><em>level</em></tt> may have any of the forms permitted for the <a href="#_uplevel"><strong><tt>uplevel</tt></strong></a>

+command, and may be omitted if the first letter of the first <tt><em>otherVar</em></tt>

+isn&#8217;t <tt>#</tt> or a digit (it defaults to <em>1</em>).</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>For each <tt><em>otherVar</em></tt> argument, <a href="#_upvar"><strong><tt>upvar</tt></strong></a> makes the variable

+by that name in the procedure frame given by <tt><em>level</em></tt> (or at

+global level, if <tt><em>level</em></tt> is <tt>#0</tt>) accessible

 in the current procedure by the name given in the corresponding

-<strong>myVar</strong> argument.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>The variable named by <strong>otherVar</strong> need not exist at the time of the

-call;  it will be created the first time <strong>myVar</strong> is referenced, just like

+<tt><em>myVar</em></tt> argument.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>The variable named by <tt><em>otherVar</em></tt> need not exist at the time of the

+call;  it will be created the first time <tt><em>myVar</em></tt> is referenced, just like

 an ordinary variable.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Upvar</em> may only be invoked from within procedures.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Upvar</em> returns an empty string.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>upvar</em> command simplifies the implementation of call-by-name

+<div class="paragraph"><p><a href="#_upvar"><strong><tt>upvar</tt></strong></a> may only be invoked from within procedures.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p><a href="#_upvar"><strong><tt>upvar</tt></strong></a> returns an empty string.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <a href="#_upvar"><strong><tt>upvar</tt></strong></a> command simplifies the implementation of call-by-name

 procedure calling and also makes it easier to build new control constructs

 as Tcl procedures.

 For example, consider the following procedure:</p></div>

@@ -6324,27 +6337,27 @@ For example, consider the following procedure:</p></div>
     set x [expr $x+2]

 }</tt></pre>

 </div></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Add2</em> is invoked with an argument giving the name of a variable,

+<div class="paragraph"><p><em>add2</em> is invoked with an argument giving the name of a variable,

 and it adds two to the value of that variable.

-Although <em>add2</em> could have been implemented using <em>uplevel</em>

-instead of <em>upvar</em>, <em>upvar</em> makes it simpler for <em>add2</em>

+Although <em>add2</em> could have been implemented using <a href="#_uplevel"><strong><tt>uplevel</tt></strong></a>

+instead of <a href="#_upvar"><strong><tt>upvar</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#_upvar"><strong><tt>upvar</tt></strong></a> makes it simpler for <em>add2</em>

 to access the variable in the caller&#8217;s procedure frame.</p></div>

 </div>

 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_while">while</h3>

 <div class="paragraph"><p><tt><strong>while</strong> <em>test body</em></tt></p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>while</strong> command evaluates <strong>test</strong> as an expression

-(in the same way that <em>expr</em> evaluates its argument).

+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <tt><em>while</em></tt> command evaluates <tt><em>test</em></tt> as an expression

+(in the same way that <a href="#_expr"><strong><tt>expr</tt></strong></a> evaluates its argument).

 The value of the expression must be numeric; if it is non-zero

-then <strong>body</strong> is executed by passing it to the Tcl interpreter.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>Once <strong>body</strong> has been executed then <strong>test</strong> is evaluated

-again, and the process repeats until eventually <strong>test</strong>

-evaluates to a zero numeric value.  <em>Continue</em>

-commands may be executed inside <strong>body</strong> to terminate the current

-iteration of the loop, and <em>break</em>

-commands may be executed inside <strong>body</strong> to cause immediate

-termination of the <em>while</em> command.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>while</em> command always returns an empty string.</p></div>

+then <tt><em>body</em></tt> is executed by passing it to the Tcl interpreter.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>Once <tt><em>body</em></tt> has been executed then <tt><em>test</em></tt> is evaluated

+again, and the process repeats until eventually <tt><em>test</em></tt>

+evaluates to a zero numeric value.  <a href="#_continue"><strong><tt>continue</tt></strong></a>

+commands may be executed inside <tt><em>body</em></tt> to terminate the current

+iteration of the loop, and <a href="#_break"><strong><tt>break</tt></strong></a>

+commands may be executed inside <tt><em>body</em></tt> to cause immediate

+termination of the <a href="#_while"><strong><tt>while</tt></strong></a> command.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>The <a href="#_while"><strong><tt>while</tt></strong></a> command always returns an empty string.</p></div>

 </div>

 </div>

 </div>

@@ -6369,7 +6382,7 @@ what options were selected when Jim Tcl was built.</p></div>
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    Invokes waitpid(2), with WNOHANG if <strong>-nohang</strong> is specified.

+    Invokes waitpid(2), with WNOHANG if <tt>-nohang</tt> is specified.

     Returns a list of 3 elements.

 </p>

 <div class="literalblock">

@@ -6430,7 +6443,7 @@ uid 1000 euid 1000 gid 100 egid 100</tt></pre>
 <h2 id="_ansi_i_o_aio_and_eventloop_api">ANSI I/O (aio) and EVENTLOOP API</h2>

 <div class="sectionbody">

 <div class="paragraph"><p>Jim provides an alternative object-based API for I/O.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>See <em><a href="#_open">open</a></em> and <em><a href="#_socket">socket</a></em> for commands which return an I/O handle.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>See <a href="#_open"><strong><tt>open</tt></strong></a> and <a href="#_socket"><strong><tt>socket</tt></strong></a> for commands which return an I/O handle.</p></div>

 <div class="sect2">

 <h3 id="_aio">aio</h3>

 <div class="dlist"><dl>

@@ -6443,7 +6456,7 @@ uid 1000 euid 1000 gid 100 egid 100</tt></pre>
 </p>

 </dd>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

-<tt>$handle <strong>gets</strong> <em>?var?</em></tt>

+<tt>$handle +<em>gets</em></tt> <em>?var?</em>+

 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

@@ -6459,11 +6472,11 @@ uid 1000 euid 1000 gid 100 egid 100</tt></pre>
 </p>

 </dd>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

-<tt>$handle <strong>copyto</strong> <em>tofd ?size?</em></tt>

+<tt>$handle +<em>copyto</em></tt> <em>tofd ?size?</em>+

 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    Copy bytes to the file descriptor <strong>tofd</strong>. If <strong>size</strong> is specified, at most

+    Copy bytes to the file descriptor <tt><em>tofd</em></tt>. If <tt><em>size</em></tt> is specified, at most

     that many bytes will be copied. Otherwise copying continues until the end

     of the input file. Returns the number of bytes actually copied.

 </p>

@@ -6482,7 +6495,7 @@ uid 1000 euid 1000 gid 100 egid 100</tt></pre>
 <dd>

 <p>

     Returns the original filename associated with the handle.

-    Handles returned by <em>socket</em> give the socket type instead of a filename.

+    Handles returned by <a href="#_socket"><strong><tt>socket</tt></strong></a> give the socket type instead of a filename.

 </p>

 </dd>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

@@ -6502,7 +6515,7 @@ uid 1000 euid 1000 gid 100 egid 100</tt></pre>
 </p>

 </dd>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

-<tt>$handle <strong>seek</strong> <em>offset</em> <strong>?start|current|end?</strong></tt>

+<tt>$handle +<em>seek</em></tt> <em>offset</em> <strong>?start|current|end?</strong>+

 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

@@ -6523,7 +6536,7 @@ uid 1000 euid 1000 gid 100 egid 100</tt></pre>
 <dd>

 <p>

     Returns the original filename used when opening the file.

-    If the handle was returned from <em>socket</em>, the type of the

+    If the handle was returned from <a href="#_socket"><strong><tt>socket</tt></strong></a>, the type of the

     handle is returned instead.

 </p>

 </dd>

@@ -6554,25 +6567,25 @@ uid 1000 euid 1000 gid 100 egid 100</tt></pre>
 </p>

 </dd>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

-<tt>$handle <strong>sendto</strong> <em>str ?hostname:?port</em></tt>

+<tt>$handle +<em>sendto</em></tt> <em>str ?hostname:?port</em>+

 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    Sends the string, <strong>str</strong>, to the given address via the socket using sendto(2).

+    Sends the string, <tt><em>str</em></tt>, to the given address via the socket using sendto(2).

     This is intended for udp sockets and may give an error or behave in unintended

     ways for other handle types.

     Returns the number of bytes written.

 </p>

 </dd>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

-<tt>$handle <strong>recvfrom</strong> <em>maxlen ?addrvar?</em></tt>

+<tt>$handle +<em>recvfrom</em></tt> <em>maxlen ?addrvar?</em>+

 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

     Receives a message from the handle via recvfrom(2) and returns it.

-    At most <strong>maxlen</strong> bytes are read.

-    If <strong>addrvar</strong> is specified, the sending address of the message is stored in

-    the named variable in the form <em>addr:port</em>. See <em>socket</em> for details.

+    At most <tt><em>maxlen</em></tt> bytes are read.

+    If <tt><em>addrvar</em></tt> is specified, the sending address of the message is stored in

+    the named variable in the form <em>addr:port</em>. See <a href="#_socket"><strong><tt>socket</tt></strong></a> for details.

 </p>

 </dd>

 </dl></div>

@@ -6608,14 +6621,14 @@ handler is removed.</p></div>
 </p>

 </dd>

 </dl></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>For compatibility with <em>Tcl</em>, these may be prefixed with <em>fileevent</em>.  e.g.</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>For compatibility with <em>Tcl</em>, these may be prefixed with <tt>fileevent</tt>.  e.g.</p></div>

 <div class="dlist"><dl>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

  

 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    <tt>fileevent $handle <strong>readable</strong> <em>&#8230;</em></tt>

+    <tt>fileevent $handle <strong>readable</strong> <em>...</em></tt>

 </p>

 </dd>

 </dl></div>

@@ -6631,14 +6644,14 @@ handler is removed.</p></div>
 </p>

 </dd>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

-<tt><strong>after</strong> <em>ms|<strong>idle</strong> script ?script &#8230;?</em></tt>

+<tt><strong>after</strong> <em>ms</em>|<strong>idle</strong> script ?script ...?'</tt>

 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

     The scripts are concatenated and executed after the given

     number of milliseconds have elapsed.  If <em>idle</em> is specified,

     the script will run the next time the event loop is processed

-    with <em>vwait</em> or <em>update</em>. The script is only run once and

+    with <a href="#cmd_2"><strong><tt>vwait</tt></strong></a> or <a href="#cmd_2"><strong><tt>update</tt></strong></a>. The script is only run once and

     then removed.  Returns an event id.

 </p>

 </dd>

@@ -6647,7 +6660,7 @@ handler is removed.</p></div>
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    Cancels an <em>after</em> event with the given event id or matching

+    Cancels an <a href="#cmd_2"><strong><tt>after</tt></strong></a> event with the given event id or matching

     command (script).  Returns the number of milliseconds

     remaining until the event would have fired.  Returns the

     empty string if no matching event is found.

@@ -6658,10 +6671,10 @@ handler is removed.</p></div>
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    If <strong>id</strong> is not given, returns a list of current <em>after</em>

-    events.  If <strong>id</strong> is given, returns a list containing the

+    If <tt><em>id</em></tt> is not given, returns a list of current <a href="#cmd_2"><strong><tt>after</tt></strong></a>

+    events.  If <tt><em>id</em></tt> is given, returns a list containing the

     associated script and either <em>timer</em> or <em>idle</em> to indicated

-    the type of the event. An error occurs if <strong>id</strong> does not

+    the type of the event. An error occurs if <tt><em>id</em></tt> does not

     match an event.

 </p>

 </dd>

@@ -6670,10 +6683,10 @@ handler is removed.</p></div>
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    A call to <em>vwait</em> is enters the eventloop. <em>vwait</em> processes

+    A call to <a href="#cmd_2"><strong><tt>vwait</tt></strong></a> is enters the eventloop. <a href="#cmd_2"><strong><tt>vwait</tt></strong></a> processes

     events until the named (global) variable changes or all

     event handlers are removed. The variable need not exist

-    beforehand.  If there are no event handlers defined, <em>vwait</em>

+    beforehand.  If there are no event handlers defined, <a href="#cmd_2"><strong><tt>vwait</tt></strong></a>

     returns immediately.

 </p>

 </dd>

@@ -6682,7 +6695,7 @@ handler is removed.</p></div>
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    A call to <em>update</em> enters the eventloop to process expired events, but

+    A call to <a href="#cmd_2"><strong><tt>update</tt></strong></a> enters the eventloop to process expired events, but

     no new events. If <em>idletasks</em> is specified, only expired time events are handled,

     not file events.

     Returns once handlers have been run for all expired events.

@@ -6690,8 +6703,8 @@ handler is removed.</p></div>
 </dd>

 </dl></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>Scripts are executed at the global scope. If an error occurs during a handler script,

-an attempt is made to call (the user-defined command) <em>bgerror</em> with the details of the error.

-If the <em>bgerror</em> commands does not exist, it is printed to stderr instead.</p></div>

+an attempt is made to call (the user-defined command) <tt>bgerror</tt> with the details of the error.

+If the <tt>bgerror</tt> commands does not exist, it is printed to stderr instead.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>If a file event handler script generates an error, the handler is automatically removed

 to prevent infinite errors. (A time event handler is always removed after execution).</p></div>

 <div class="dlist"><dl>

@@ -6738,7 +6751,7 @@ to prevent infinite errors. (A time event handler is always removed after execut
 </dt>

 <dd>

 <p>

-    A TCP socket server (<strong>addr</strong> defaults to <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> for IPv4 or <tt>[::]</tt> for IPv6).

+    A TCP socket server (<tt><em>addr</em></tt> defaults to <tt>0.0.0.0</tt> for IPv4 or <tt>[::]</tt> for IPv6).

 </p>

 </dd>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

@@ -6796,7 +6809,7 @@ $f readable {
 }

 vwait done</tt></pre>

 </div></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>The address, <strong>addr</strong>, can be given in one of the following forms:</p></div>

+<div class="paragraph"><p>The address, <tt><em>addr</em></tt>, can be given in one of the following forms:</p></div>

 <div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">

 <li>

 <p>

@@ -6816,7 +6829,7 @@ A hostname
 </ol></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>Note that on many systems, listening on an IPv6 address such as [::] will

 also accept requests via IPv4.</p></div>

-<div class="paragraph"><p>Where a hostname is specified, the <strong>first</strong> returned address is used

+<div class="paragraph"><p>Where a hostname is specified, the <tt><em>first</em></tt> returned address is used

 which matches the socket type is used.</p></div>

 <div class="paragraph"><p>The special type <em>pipe</em> isn&#8217;t really a socket.</p></div>

 <div class="literalblock">

@@ -6901,9 +6914,9 @@ by the Tcl library.</p></div>
     whose elements are the environment variables for the process.

     Reading an element will return the value of the corresponding

     environment variable.

-    This array is initialised at startup from the <em>env</em> command.

+    This array is initialised at startup from the <a href="#_env"><strong><tt>env</tt></strong></a> command.

     It may be modified and will affect the environment passed to

-    commands invoked with <em>exec</em>.

+    commands invoked with <a href="#_exec"><strong><tt>exec</tt></strong></a>.

 </p>

 </dd>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

@@ -6926,7 +6939,7 @@ by the Tcl library.</p></div>
     (e.g. <tt>/usr/local/lib/jim</tt>), but may be changed by <tt>jimsh</tt>

     or the embedding application. Note that <tt>jimsh</tt> will consider

     the environment variable <tt>$JIMLIB</tt> to be a list of colon-separated

-    list of paths to add to <strong>auto_path</strong>.

+    list of paths to add to <tt><strong>auto_path</strong></tt>.

 </p>

 </dd>

 <dt class="hdlist1">

@@ -6942,8 +6955,8 @@ by the Tcl library.</p></div>
     class of errors, and determines the format of the rest of

     the list. The following formats for -errorcode return options

     are used by the Tcl core; individual applications may define

-    additional formats. Currently only <em>exec</em> sets this variable.

-    Otherwise it will be <strong>NONE</strong>.

+    additional formats. Currently only <a href="#_exec"><strong><tt>exec</tt></strong></a> sets this variable.

+    Otherwise it will be <tt>NONE</tt>.

 </p>

 </dd>

 </dl></div>

@@ -7024,7 +7037,7 @@ tcl_platform(pathSeparator) = :</tt></pre>
 <div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">

 <li>

 <p>

-<em>source</em> now checks that a script is complete (.i.e. not missing a brace)

+<a href="#_source"><strong><tt>source</tt></strong></a> now checks that a script is complete (.i.e. not missing a brace)

 </p>

 </li>

 <li>

@@ -7034,27 +7047,27 @@ tcl_platform(pathSeparator) = :</tt></pre>
 </li>

 <li>

 <p>

-Better access to live stack frames with <em>info frame</em>, <em>stacktrace</em> and <em>stackdump</em>

+Better access to live stack frames with <em>info frame</em>, <a href="#_stacktrace"><strong><tt>stacktrace</tt></strong></a> and <a href="#_stackdump"><strong><tt>stackdump</tt></strong></a>

 </p>

 </li>

 <li>

 <p>

-<em>tailcall</em> no longer loses stack trace information

+<a href="#_tailcall"><strong><tt>tailcall</tt></strong></a> no longer loses stack trace information

 </p>

 </li>

 <li>

 <p>

-Add <em>alias</em> and <em>curry</em>

+Add <a href="#_alias"><strong><tt>alias</tt></strong></a> and <a href="#_curry"><strong><tt>curry</tt></strong></a>

 </p>

 </li>

 <li>

 <p>

-<em>lambda</em>, <em>alias</em> and <em>curry</em> are implemented via <em>tailcall</em> for efficiency

+<a href="#_lambda"><strong><tt>lambda</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#_alias"><strong><tt>alias</tt></strong></a> and <a href="#_curry"><strong><tt>curry</tt></strong></a> are implemented via <a href="#_tailcall"><strong><tt>tailcall</tt></strong></a> for efficiency

 </p>

 </li>

 <li>

 <p>

-<em>local</em> allows procedures to be deleted automatically at the end of the current procedure

+<a href="#_local"><strong><tt>local</tt></strong></a> allows procedures to be deleted automatically at the end of the current procedure

 </p>

 </li>

 <li>

@@ -7084,7 +7097,7 @@ Enhance <em>try &#8230; on &#8230; finally</em> to be more Tcl 8.6 compatible
 </li>

 <li>

 <p>

-It is now possible to <em>return</em> from within <em>try</em>

+It is now possible to <a href="#_return"><strong><tt>return</tt></strong></a> from within <a href="#_try"><strong><tt>try</tt></strong></a>

 </p>

 </li>

 <li>

@@ -7104,7 +7117,7 @@ Event handlers works better if an error occurs. eof handler has been removed.
 </li>

 <li>

 <p>

-<em>exec</em> now sets $::errorCode, and catch sets opts(-errorcode) for exit status

+<a href="#_exec"><strong><tt>exec</tt></strong></a> now sets $::errorCode, and catch sets opts(-errorcode) for exit status

 </p>

 </li>

 <li>

@@ -7114,7 +7127,7 @@ Command pipelines via open "|&#8230;" are now supported
 </li>

 <li>

 <p>

-<em>pid</em> can now return pids of a command pipeline

+<a href="#_pid"><strong><tt>pid</tt></strong></a> can now return pids of a command pipeline

 </p>

 </li>

 <li>

@@ -7124,12 +7137,12 @@ Add <em>info references</em>
 </li>

 <li>

 <p>

-Add support for <em>after <strong>ms</strong></em>, <em>after idle</em>, <em>after info</em>, <em>update</em>

+Add support for <em>after <tt>'ms</em></tt><em>, 'after idle</em>, <em>after info</em>, <a href="#cmd_2"><strong><tt>update</tt></strong></a>

 </p>

 </li>

 <li>

 <p>

-<em>exec</em> now sets environment based on $::env

+<a href="#_exec"><strong><tt>exec</tt></strong></a> now sets environment based on $::env

 </p>

 </li>

 <li>

@@ -7149,42 +7162,42 @@ Add support for <em>lsort -index</em>
 <div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">

 <li>

 <p>

-Add support to <em>exec</em> for <em>&gt;&amp;</em>, <em>&gt;&gt;&amp;</em>, <em>|&amp;</em>, <em>2&gt;@1</em>

+Add support to <a href="#_exec"><strong><tt>exec</tt></strong></a> for <em>&gt;&amp;</em>, <em>&gt;&gt;&amp;</em>, <em>|&amp;</em>, <em>2&gt;@1</em>

 </p>

 </li>

 <li>

 <p>

-Fix <em>exec</em> error messages when special token (e.g. <em>&gt;</em>) is the last token

+Fix <a href="#_exec"><strong><tt>exec</tt></strong></a> error messages when special token (e.g. <em>&gt;</em>) is the last token

 </p>

 </li>

 <li>

 <p>

-Fix <em>subst</em> handling of backslash escapes.

+Fix <a href="#_subst"><strong><tt>subst</tt></strong></a> handling of backslash escapes.

 </p>

 </li>

 <li>

 <p>

-Allow abbreviated options for <em>subst</em>

+Allow abbreviated options for <a href="#_subst"><strong><tt>subst</tt></strong></a>

 </p>

 </li>

 <li>

 <p>

-Add support for <em>return</em>, <em>break</em>, <em>continue</em> in subst

+Add support for <a href="#_return"><strong><tt>return</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#_break"><strong><tt>break</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#_continue"><strong><tt>continue</tt></strong></a> in subst

 </p>

 </li>

 <li>

 <p>

-Many <em>expr</em> bug fixes

+Many <a href="#_expr"><strong><tt>expr</tt></strong></a> bug fixes

 </p>

 </li>

 <li>

 <p>

-Add support for functions in <em>expr</em> (e.g. int(), abs()), and also <em>in</em>, <em>ni</em> list operations

+Add support for functions in <a href="#_expr"><strong><tt>expr</tt></strong></a> (e.g. int(), abs()), and also <em>in</em>, <em>ni</em> list operations

 </p>

 </li>

 <li>

 <p>

-The variable name argument to <em>regsub</em> is now optional

+The variable name argument to <a href="#_regsub"><strong><tt>regsub</tt></strong></a> is now optional

 </p>

 </li>

 <li>

@@ -7194,12 +7207,12 @@ Add support for <em>unset -nocomplain</em>
 </li>

 <li>

 <p>

-Add support for list commands: <em>lassign</em>, <em>lrepeat</em>

+Add support for list commands: <a href="#_lassign"><strong><tt>lassign</tt></strong></a>, <a href="#_lrepeat"><strong><tt>lrepeat</tt></strong></a>

 </p>

 </li>

 <li>

 <p>

-Fully-functional <em>lsearch</em> is now implemented

+Fully-functional <a href="#_lsearch"><strong><tt>lsearch</tt></strong></a> is now implemented

 </p>

 </li>

 <li>

@@ -7209,17 +7222,17 @@ Add <em>info nameofexecutable</em> and <em>info returncodes</em>
 </li>

 <li>

 <p>

-Allow <em>catch</em> to determine what return codes are caught

+Allow <a href="#_catch"><strong><tt>catch</tt></strong></a> to determine what return codes are caught

 </p>

 </li>

 <li>

 <p>

-Allow <em>incr</em> to increment an unset variable by first setting to 0

+Allow <a href="#_incr"><strong><tt>incr</tt></strong></a> to increment an unset variable by first setting to 0

 </p>

 </li>

 <li>

 <p>

-Allow <em>args</em> and optional arguments to the left or required arguments in <em>proc</em>

+Allow <em>args</em> and optional arguments to the left or required arguments in <a href="#_proc"><strong><tt>proc</tt></strong></a>

 </p>

 </li>

 <li>

@@ -7289,7 +7302,7 @@ official policies, either expressed or implied, of the Jim Tcl Project.</tt></pr
 <div id="footnotes"><hr /></div>

 <div id="footer">

 <div id="footer-text">

-Last updated 2011-08-18 13:10:13 EST

+Last updated 2011-09-02 14:36:51 EST

 </div>

 </div>

 </body>